One query across six libraries. Commentary sits inside the verse it comments on.
Research library
المكتبة البحثية60 results
Peer-reviewed works with DOI and abstract, discovered from MEDLINE-indexed literature. Candidates: no tier, no stated finding, not yet read.
Singer AE, Goebel JR, Kim YS, Dy SM, Ahluwalia SC, Clifford M, Dzeng E, O'Hanlon CE, Motala A, Walling AM, Goldberg J, Meeker D, Ochotorena C, Shanman R, Cui M, Lorenz KA. (2016)MEDLINE-indexed journal, not yet read by usJournal of palliative medicine · systematic review Populations and Interventions for Palliative and End-of-Life Care: A Systematic Review.
Importance: Evidence supports palliative care effectiveness. Given workforce constraints and the costs of new services, payers and providers need help to prioritize their investments. They need to know which patients to target, which personnel to hire, and which services best improve outcomes.
Objective: To inform how payers and providers should identify patients with "advanced illness" and the specific interventions they should implement, we reviewed the evidence to identify (1) individuals appropriate for palliative care and (2) elements of health service interventions (personnel involved, use of multidisciplinary teams, and settings of care) effective in achieving better outcomes for patients, caregivers, and the healthcare system.
Evidence review: Systematic searches of MEDLINE, EMBASE, PsycINFO, Web of Science, and Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews databases (1/1/2001-1/8/2015).
Results: Randomized controlled trials (124) met inclusion criteria. The majority of studies in cancer (49%, 38 of 77 studies) demonstrated statistically significant patient or caregiver outcomes (e.g., p < 0.05), as did those in congestive heart failure (CHF) (62%, 13 of 21), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD; 58%, 11 of 19), and dementia (60%, 15 of 25). Most prognostic criteria used clinicians' judgment (73%, 22 of 30). Most interventions included a nurse (70%, 69 of 98), and many were nurse-only (39%, 27 of 69). Social workers were well represented, and home-based approaches were common (56%, 70 of 124). Home interventions with visits were more effective than those without (64%, 28 of 44; vs. 46%, 12 of 26). Interventions improved communication and care planning (70%, 12 of 18), psychosocial health (36%, 12 of 33, for depressive symptoms; 41%, 9 of 22, for anxiety), and patient (40%, 8 of 20) and caregiver experiences (63%, 5 of 8). Many interventions reduced hospital use (65%, 11 of 17), but most other economic outcomes, including costs, were poorly characterized. Palliative care teams did not reliably lower healthcare costs (20%, 2 of 10).
Conclusions: Palliative care improves cancer, CHF, COPD, and dementia outcomes. Effective models include nurses, social workers, and home-based components, and a focus on communication, psychosocial support, and the patient or caregiver experience. High-quality research on intervention costs and cost outcomes in palliative care is limited.
Journal of palliative medicine · systematic review · 135 citationsread the source →
Patrick K, Marshall SJ, Davila EP, Kolodziejczyk JK, Fowler JH, Calfas KJ, Huang JS, Rock CL, Griswold WG, Gupta A, Merchant G, Norman GJ, Raab F, Donohue MC, Fogg BJ, Robinson TN. (2014)MEDLINE-indexed journal, not yet read by usContemporary clinical trials · randomised controlled trial Design and implementation of a randomized controlled social and mobile weight loss trial for young adults (project SMART).
Purpose: To describe the theoretical rationale, intervention design, and clinical trial of a two-year weight control intervention for young adults deployed via social and mobile media.
Methods: A total of 404 overweight or obese college students from three Southern California universities (M(age) = 22( ± 4) years; M(BMI) = 29( ± 2.8); 70% female) were randomized to participate in the intervention or to receive an informational web-based weight loss program. The intervention is based on behavioral theory and integrates intervention elements across multiple touch points, including Facebook, text messaging, smartphone applications, blogs, and e-mail. Participants are encouraged to seek social support among their friends, self-monitor their weight weekly, post their health behaviors on Facebook, and e-mail their weight loss questions/concerns to a health coach. The intervention is adaptive because new theory-driven and iteratively tailored intervention elements are developed and released over the course of the two-year intervention in response to patterns of use and user feedback. Measures of body mass index, waist circumference, diet, physical activity, sedentary behavior, weight management practices, smoking, alcohol, sleep, body image, self-esteem, and depression occur at 6, 12, 18, and 24 months. Currently, all participants have been recruited, and all are in the final year of the trial.
Conclusion: Theory-driven, evidence-based strategies for physical activity, sedentary behavior, and dietary intake can be embedded in an intervention using social and mobile technologies to promote healthy weight-related behaviors in young adults.
Contemporary clinical trials · randomised controlled trial · 62 citationsread the source →
Cognitive behavioural therapy for tinnitus.
Background: Tinnitus affects up to 21% of the adult population with an estimated 1% to 3% experiencing severe problems. Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) is a collection of psychological treatments based on the cognitive and behavioural traditions in psychology and often used to treat people suffering from tinnitus.
Objectives: To assess the effects and safety of CBT for tinnitus in adults.
Search methods: The Cochrane ENT Information Specialist searched the ENT Trials Register; CENTRAL (2019, Issue 11); Ovid MEDLINE; Ovid Embase; CINAHL; Web of Science; ClinicalTrials.gov; ICTRP and additional sources for published and unpublished trials. The date of the search was 25 November 2019.
Selection criteria: Randomised controlled trials (RCTs) of CBT versus no intervention, audiological care, tinnitus retraining therapy or any other active treatment in adult participants with tinnitus.
Data collection and analysis: We used the standard methodological procedures expected by Cochrane. Our primary outcomes were the impact of tinnitus on disease-specific quality of life and serious adverse effects. Our secondary outcomes were: depression, anxiety, general health-related quality of life, negatively biased interpretations of tinnitus and other adverse effects. We used GRADE to assess the certainty of evidence for each outcome.
Main results: We included 28 studies (mostly from Europe) with a total of 2733 participants. All participants had had tinnitus for at least three months and their average age ranged from 43 to 70 years. The duration of the CBT ranged from 3 to 22 weeks and it was mostly conducted in hospitals or online. There were four comparisons and we were interested in outcomes at end of treatment, and 6 and 12 months follow-up. The results below only refer to outcomes at end of treatment due to an absence of evidence at the other follow-up time points. CBT versus no intervention/wait list control Fourteen studies compared CBT with no intervention/wait list control. For the primary outcome, CBT may reduce the impact of tinnitus on quality of life at treatment end (standardised mean difference (SMD) -0.56, 95% confidence interval (CI) -0.83 to -0.30; 10 studies; 537 participants; low certainty). Re-expressed as a score on the Tinnitus Handicap Inventory (THI; range 0 to 100) this is equivalent to a score 10.91 points lower in the CBT group, with an estimated minimal clinically important difference (MCID) for this scale being 7 points. Seven studies, rated as moderate certainty, either reported or informed us via personal communication about serious adverse effects. CBT probably results in little or no difference in adverse effects: six studies reported none and in one study one participant in the CBT condition worsened (risk ratio (RR) 3.00, 95% CI 0.13 to 69.87). For the secondary outcomes, CBT may result in a slight reduction in depression (SMD -0.34, 95% CI-0.60 to -0.08; 8 studies; 502 participants; low certainty). However, we are uncertain whether CBT reduces anxiety, improves health-related quality of life or reduces negatively biased interpretations of tinnitus (all very low certainty). From seven studies, no other adverse effects were reported (moderate certainty). CBT versus audiological care Three studies compared CBT with audiological care. CBT probably reduces the impact of tinnitus on quality of life when compared with audiological care as measured by the THI (range 0 to 100; mean difference (MD) -5.65, 95% CI -9.79 to -1.50; 3 studies; 444 participants) (moderate certainty; MCID = 7 points). No serious adverse effects occurred in the two included studies reporting these, thus risk ratios were not calculated (moderate certainty). The evidence suggests that CBT may slightly reduce depression but may result in little or no difference in anxiety or health-related quality of life (all low certainty) when compared with audiological care. CBT may reduce negatively biased interpretations of tinnitus when compared with audiological care (low certainty). No other adverse effects were reported for either group (moderate certainty). CBT versus tinnitus retraining therapy (TRT) One study compared CBT with TRT (including bilateral sound generators as per TRT protocol). CBT may reduce the impact of tinnitus on quality of life as measured by the THI when compared with TRT (range 0 to 100) (MD -15.79, 95% CI -27.91 to -3.67; 1 study; 42 participants; low certainty). For serious adverse effects three participants deteriorated during the study: one in the CBT (n = 22) and two in the TRT group (n = 20) (RR 0.45, 95% CI 0.04 to 4.64; low certainty). We are uncertain whether CBT reduces depression and anxiety or improves health-related quality of life (low certainty). CBT may reduce negatively biased interpretations of tinnitus. No data were available for other adverse effects. CBT versus other active control Sixteen studies compared CBT with another active control (e.g. relaxation, information, Internet-based discussion forums). CBT may reduce the impact of tinnitus on quality of life when compared with other active treatments (SMD -0.30, 95% CI -0.55 to -0.05; 12 studies; 966 participants; low certainty). Re-expressed as a THI score this is equivalent to 5.84 points lower in the CBT group than the other active control group (MCID = 7 points). One study reported that three participants deteriorated: one in the CBT and two in the information only group (RR 1.70, 95% CI 0.16 to 18.36; low certainty). CBT may reduce depression and anxiety (both low certainty). We are uncertain whether CBT improves health-related quality of life compared with other control. CBT probably reduces negatively biased interpretations of tinnitus compared with other treatments. No data were available for other adverse effects.
Authors' conclusions: CBT may be effective in reducing the negative impact that tinnitus can have on quality of life. There is, however, an absence of evidence at 6 or 12 months follow-up. There is also some evidence that adverse effects may be rare in adults with tinnitus receiving CBT, but this could be further investigated. CBT for tinnitus may have small additional benefit in reducing symptoms of depression although uncertainty remains due to concerns about the quality of the evidence. Overall, there is limited evidence for CBT for tinnitus improving anxiety, health-related quality of life or negatively biased interpretations of tinnitus.
The Cochrane database of systematic reviews · meta-analysis · 131 citationsread the source →
Correlates of Mental Health After COVID-19 Bereavement in Mainland China.
Context: Pioneering empirical studies show that people bereaved due to COVID-19 experience elevated acute grief, posttraumatic stress, anxiety, and depressive symptom levels, which relate to functional impairment. However, studies focused on Western samples and multivariate analyses of relations between potential risk factors and mental health in this population are lacking.
Objectives: To assess the mental health of Chinese adults bereaved due to COVID-19. To elucidate the associations of demographic and loss-related characteristics with mental health after COVID-19 bereavement.
Methods: Four hundred twenty-two Chinese adults (56% male; Mean age: 32.73 years) recently bereaved due to COVID-19 completed an online survey. Demographic and loss-related characteristics and prolonged grief, posttraumatic stress, anxiety, and depressive symptoms were assessed.
Results: Clinically relevant prolonged grief (49%, n = 207), posttraumatic stress (22%, n = 92), depressive (70%; n = 294), and anxiety symptoms (65%; n = 272) were reported by a substantial group of participants. In four multiple regressions predicting each mental health indicator, Fs(15,406) = 5.08-7.74, Ps < 0.001, loss-characteristics (i.e., a shorter time since loss, βs = -.12-.11, loss of a first-degree relative, βs = .18-.37) and subjective loss experiences (i.e., feeling traumatized by the loss, βs = .13-.18, or a close and/or conflictual relation with the deceased, βs = .12-.23) related most consistently to mental health problems.
Conclusion: Many Chinese adults bereaved due to COVID-19 experience severe mental health problems. The recent loss of first-degree relatives, feeling traumatized by the loss, and having a close and/or conflictual relationship with the deceased may elevate risk for these mental health problems, which could require indicated psychological treatment.
Journal of pain and symptom management · 32 citationsread the source →
Dietary inflammatory index, cardiometabolic conditions and depression in the Seguimiento Universidad de Navarra cohort study.
Only one prospective study has analysed the relationship between the inflammatory properties of diet and risk of depression thus far. The aim of this study was to assess the association between the dietary inflammatory index (DII) and the incidence of depression. In a cohort study of 15 093 university graduates, participants completed a validated FFQ at baseline and after 10 years of follow-up. The DII was calculated based on the FFQ. Each of the twenty-eight nutrients or foods received a score based on findings from the peer-reviewed literature reporting on the relationships between diet and inflammatory biomarkers (IL-1β, IL-4, IL-6, IL-10, TNF-α and C-reactive protein). Participants were classified as having depression if they reported a new clinical diagnosis of depression by a physician, antidepressant drugs, or both. Multivariable Cox regression models were used to estimate hazard ratios (HR) of depression according to quintiles of the DII. After a median 8·5 years of follow-up, we observed 1051 incident cases of depression. The HR for participants in the highest quintile of DII (strongly pro-inflammatory) was 1·47 (95% CI 1·17, 1·85) compared with those in the bottom quintile, with a significant dose-response relationship (P trend=0·01). In the subgroup analyses, the association between DII and depression was stronger among participants >55 years and among those with cardiometabolic comorbidities (HR 2·70; 95% CI 1·22, 5·97 and HR 1·80; 95% CI 1·27, 2·57, respectively). A pro-inflammatory diet was associated with a significantly higher risk of depression in a Mediterranean population. This association was stronger among older subjects and subjects with cardiometabolic diseases.
The British journal of nutrition · 90 citationsread the source →
Psychological and Psychosomatic Symptoms of Second Victims of Adverse Events: a Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis.
Objectives: Despite growing interest in the second-victim phenomenon and greater awareness of its consequences, there has not been a meta-analysis quantifying the negative impact of adverse events on providers involved in adverse events. This study systematically reviewed the types and prevalence of psychological and psychosomatic symptoms among second victims.
Methods: We conducted a systematic review of nine electronic databases up to February 2017, without restrictions to publication date or language, examining also additional sources (e.g., gray literature, volumes of journals). Two reviewers performed the search, selection process, quality assessment, data extraction, and synthesis. We resolved disagreements by consensus and/or involving a third reviewer. Quantitative studies on the prevalence of psychological and psychosomatic symptoms of second victims were eligible for inclusion. We used random effects modeling to calculate the overall prevalence rates and the I statistic.
Results: Of 7210 records retrieved, 98 potentially relevant studies were identified. Full-text evaluation led to a final selection of 18 studies, based on the reports of 11,649 healthcare providers involved in adverse events. The most prevalent symptoms were troubling memories (81%, 95% confidence interval [CI] = 46-95), anxiety/concern (76%, 95% CI = 33-95), anger toward themselves (75%, 95% CI = 59-86), regret/remorse (72%, 95% CI = 62-81), distress (70%, 95% CI = 60-79), fear of future errors (56%, 95% CI = 34-75), embarrassment (52%, 95% CI = 31-72), guilt (51%, 95% CI = 41-62), and sleeping difficulties (35%, 95% CI = 22-51).
Conclusions: Second victims report a high prevalence and wide range of psychological symptoms. More than two-thirds of providers reported troubling memories, anxiety, anger, remorse, and distress. Preventive and therapeutic programs should aim to decrease second victims' emotional distress.
Journal of patient safety · meta-analysis · 134 citationsread the source →
Ramadan during pregnancy and offspring health outcomes over the life course: a systematic review and meta-analysis.
Background: Intermittent fasting, such as during Ramadan, is prevalent among pregnant women. However, the association between Ramadan during pregnancy and offspring health along the life course has not been fully established.
Objective and rationale: Fetal programming research indicates that prenatal exposures, particularly during early pregnancy, can cause long-term structural and physiological changes that adversely affect offspring health. Our objective was to systematically identify and assess the evidence regarding Ramadan during pregnancy.
Search methods: A total of 31 studies were sourced from PubMed, EMBASE, Web of Science, and EconLit. Included studies evaluated outcomes in individuals with prenatal Ramadan exposure, compared to unexposed Muslim controls. Main outcomes were birth weight, gestational length, and sex ratio in newborns; height, mortality, and cognition in children; and disabilities, chronic diseases, and human capital accumulation in adults. Each study was evaluated for risk of bias. The overall quality of evidence was appraised using the GRADE system. Random-effects meta-analyses were conducted for outcomes analyzed in at least three primary studies.
Outcomes: The initial search identified 2933 articles, 1208 duplicates were deleted. There were 31 publications fulfilled the eligibility criteria for the qualitative synthesis; 22 studies were included in meta-analyses. The overall quality of the evidence was low to moderate and differed by study design and outcome. Among newborns, prenatal Ramadan exposure was not associated with birth weight (mean difference (MD) -3 g (95% CI -18 to 11; I2 = 70%) or the likelihood of prematurity (percentage point difference (PPD) 0.19 (95% CI -0.11 to 0.49; I2 = 0%)). The probability that the newborn is male was reduced (PPD -0.14 (95% CI -0.28 to -0.00; I2 = 0%)). This potentially reflects sex-specific mortality rates resulting from adverse in utero circumstances. In childhood, the exposed performed slightly poorer on cognitive tests (MD -3.10% of a standard deviation (95% CI -4.61 to -1.58; I2 = 51%)). Height among the exposed was reduced, and this pattern was already visible at ages below 5 years (height-for-age z-score MD -0.03 (95% CI -0.06 to -0.00; I2 = 76%)). A qualitative literature synthesis revealed that childhood mortality rates were increased in low-income contexts. In adulthood, the prenatally exposed had an increased likelihood of hearing disabilities (odds ratio 1.26 (95% CI 1.09 to 1.45; I2 = 32%)), while sight was not affected. Other impaired outcomes included chronic diseases or their symptoms, and indicators of human capital accumulation such as home ownership (qualitative literature synthesis). The first trimester emerged as a sensitive period for long-term impacts.
Wider implications: Despite the need for more high-quality studies to improve the certainty of the evidence, the synthesis of existing research demonstrates that Ramadan during pregnancy is associated with adverse offspring health effects in childhood and especially adulthood, despite an absence of observable effects at birth. Not all health effects may apply to all Muslim communities, which are diverse in backgrounds and behaviors. Notably, moderating factors like daytime activity levels and dietary habits outside fasting hours have hardly been considered. It is imperative for future research to address these aspects.
Registration number: PROSPERO (CRD42022325770).
Human reproduction update · meta-analysis · 5 citationsread the source →
Aldridge RW, Nellums LB, Bartlett S, Barr AL, Patel P, Burns R, Hargreaves S, Miranda JJ, Tollman S, Friedland JS, Abubakar I. (2018)MEDLINE-indexed journal, not yet read by usLancet (London, England) · meta-analysis Global patterns of mortality in international migrants: a systematic review and meta-analysis.
Background: 258 million people reside outside their country of birth; however, to date no global systematic reviews or meta-analyses of mortality data for these international migrants have been done. We aimed to review and synthesise available mortality data on international migrants.
Methods: In this systematic review and meta-analysis, we searched MEDLINE, Embase, the Cochrane Library, and Google Scholar databases for observational studies, systematic reviews, and randomised controlled trials published between Jan 1, 2001, and March 31, 2017, without language restrictions. We included studies reporting mortality outcomes for international migrants of any age residing outside their country of birth. Studies that recruited participants exclusively from intensive care or high dependency hospital units, with an existing health condition or status, or a particular health exposure were excluded. We also excluded studies limited to maternal or perinatal outcomes. We screened studies using systematic review software and extracted data from published reports. The main outcomes were all-cause and International Classification of Diseases, tenth revision (ICD-10) cause-specific standardised mortality ratios (SMRs) and absolute mortality rates. We calculated summary estimates using random-effects models. This study is registered with PROSPERO, number CRD42017073608.
Findings: Of the 12 480 articles identified by our search, 96 studies were eligible for inclusion. The studies were geographically diverse and included data from all global regions and for 92 countries. 5464 mortality estimates for more than 15·2 million migrants were included, of which 5327 (97%) were from high-income countries, 115 (2%) were from middle-income countries, and 22 (<1%) were from low-income countries. Few studies included mortality estimates for refugees (110 estimates), asylum seekers (144 estimates), or labour migrants (six estimates). The summary estimate of all-cause SMR for international migrants was lower than one when compared with the general population in destination countries (0·70 [95% CI 0·65-0·76]; I2=99·8%). All-cause SMR was lower in both male migrants (0·72 [0·63-0·81]; I2=99·8%) and female migrants (0·75 [0·67-0·84]; I2=99·8%) compared with the general population. A mortality advantage was evident for refugees (SMR 0·50 [0·46-0·54]; I2=89·8%), but not for asylum seekers (1·05 [0·89-1·24]; I2=54·4%), although limited data was available on these groups. SMRs for all causes of death were lower in migrants compared with the general populations in the destination country across all 13 ICD-10 categories analysed, with the exception of infectious diseases and external causes. Heterogeneity was high across the majority of analyses. Point estimates of all-cause age-standardised mortality in migrants ranged from 420 to 874 per 100 000 population.
Interpretation: Our study showed that international migrants have a mortality advantage compared with general populations, and that this advantage persisted across the majority of ICD-10 disease categories. The mortality advantage identified will be representative of international migrants in high-income countries who are studying, working, or have joined family members in these countries. However, our results might not reflect the health outcomes of more marginalised groups in low-income and middle-income countries because little data were available for these groups, highlighting an important gap in existing research. Our results present an opportunity to reframe the public discourse on international migration and health in high-income countries.
Funding: Wellcome Trust, National Institute for Health Research, Medical Research Council, Alliance for Health Policy and Systems Research, Department for International Development, Fogarty International Center, Grand Challenges Canada, International Development Research Centre Canada, Inter-American Institute for Global Change Research, National Cancer Institute, National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute, National Institute of Mental Health, Swiss National Science Foundation, World Diabetes Foundation, UK National Institute for Health Research Imperial Biomedical Research Centre, Imperial College Healthcare Charity, and European Society for Clinical Microbiology and Infectious Diseases (ESCMID) Study Group Research Funding for the ESCMID Study Group for Infections in Travellers and Migrants.
Lancet (London, England) · meta-analysis · 198 citationsread the source →
Madigan S, Korczak DJ, Vaillancourt T, Racine N, Hopkins WG, Pador P, Hewitt JMA, AlMousawi B, McDonald S, Neville RD. (2023)MEDLINE-indexed journal, not yet read by usThe lancet. Psychiatry · meta-analysis Comparison of paediatric emergency department visits for attempted suicide, self-harm, and suicidal ideation before and during the COVID-19 pandemic: a systematic review and meta-analysis.
Background: There is a lack of consensus about the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic on the mental health of children and adolescents. We aimed to compare rates of paediatric emergency department visits for attempted suicide, self-harm, and suicidal ideation during the pandemic with those before the pandemic.
Methods: For this systematic review and meta-analysis, we searched MEDLINE, Embase, and PsycINFO for studies published between Jan 1, 2020, and Dec 19, 2022. Studies published in English with data on paediatric (ie, those aged <19 years) emergency department visits before and during the COVID-19 pandemic were included. Case studies and qualitative analyses were excluded. Changes in attempted suicide, self-harm, suicidal ideation, and other mental-illness indicators (eg, anxiety, depression, and psychosis) were expressed as ratios of the rates of emergency department visits during the pandemic compared with those before the pandemic, and we analysed these with a random-effects meta-analysis. This study was registered with PROSPERO, CRD42022341897.
Findings: 10 360 non-duplicate records were retrieved, which yielded 42 relevant studies (with 130 sample-estimates) representing 11·1 million emergency department visits for all indications of children and adolescents across 18 countries. The mean age of the samples of children and adolescents across studies was 11·7 years (SD 3·1, range 5·5-16·3), and there were on average 57·6% girls and 43·4% boys as a proportion of emergency department visits for any health reasons (ie, physical and mental). Only one study had data related to race or ethnicity. There was good evidence of an increase in emergency department visits for attempted suicide during the pandemic (rate ratio 1·22, 90% CI 1·08-1·37), modest evidence of an increase in emergency department visits for suicidal ideation (1·08, 0·93-1·25), and good evidence for only a slight change in self-harm (0·96, 0·89-1·04). Rates of emergency department visits for other mental-illness indications showed very good evidence of a decline (0·81, 0·74-0·89), and paediatric visits for all health indications showed strong evidence of a reduction (0·68, 0·62-0·75). When rates for attempted suicide and suicidal ideation were combined as a single measure, there was good evidence of an increase in emergency department visits among girls (1·39, 1·04-1·88) and only modest evidence of an increase among boys (1·06, 0·92-1·24). Self-harm among older children (mean age 16·3 years, range 13·0-16·3) showed good evidence of an increase (1·18, 1·00-1·39), but among younger children (mean age 9·0 years, range 5·5-12·0) there was modest evidence of a decrease (0·85, 0·70-1·05).
Interpretation: The integration of mental health support within community health and the education system-including promotion, prevention, early intervention, and treatment-is urgently needed to increase the reach of mental health support that can mitigate child and adolescent mental distress. In future pandemics, increased resourcing in some emergency department settings would help to address their expected increase in visits for acute mental distress among children and adolescents.
Funding: None.
The lancet. Psychiatry · meta-analysis · 164 citationsread the source →
Hertenstein E, Trinca E, Wunderlin M, Schneider CL, Züst MA, Fehér KD, Su T, Straten AV, Berger T, Baglioni C, Johann A, Spiegelhalder K, Riemann D, Feige B, Nissen C. (2022)MEDLINE-indexed journal, not yet read by usSleep medicine reviews · meta-analysis Cognitive behavioral therapy for insomnia in patients with mental disorders and comorbid insomnia: A systematic review and meta-analysis.
Almost 70% of patients with mental disorders report sleep difficulties and 30% fulfill the criteria for insomnia disorder. Cognitive behavioral therapy for insomnia (CBT-I) is the first-line treatment for insomnia according to current treatment guidelines. Despite this circumstance, insomnia is frequently treated only pharmacologically especially in patients with mental disorders. The aim of the present meta-analysis was to quantify the effects of CBT-I in patients with mental disorders and comorbid insomnia on two outcome parameters: the severity of insomnia and mental health. The databases PubMed, CINHAL (Ebsco) und PsycINFO (Ovid) were searched for randomized controlled trials on adult patients with comorbid insomnia and any mental disorder comparing CBT-I to placebo, waitlist or treatment as usual using self-rating questionnaires as outcomes for either insomnia or mental health or both. The search resulted in 1994 records after duplicate removal of which 22 fulfilled the inclusion criteria and were included for the meta-analysis. The comorbidities were depression (eight studies, 491 patients), post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD, four studies, 216 patients), alcohol dependency (three studies, 79 patients), bipolar disorder (one study, 58 patients), psychosis (one study, 50 patients) and mixed comorbidities within one study (five studies, 189 patients). The effect sizes for the reduction of insomnia severity post treatment were 0.5 (confidence interval, CI, 0.3-0.8) for patients with depression, 1.5 (CI 1.0-1.9) for patients with PTSD, 1.4 (CI 0.9-1.9) for patients with alcohol dependency, 1.2 (CI 0.8-1.7) for patients with psychosis/bipolar disorder, and 0.8 (CI 0.1-1.6) for patients with mixed comorbidities. Effect sizes for the reduction of insomnia severity were moderate to large at follow-up. Regarding the effects on comorbid symptom severity, effect sizes directly after treatment were 0.5 (CI 0.1-0.8) for depression, 1.3 (CI 0.6-1.9) for PTSD, 0.9 (CI 0.3-1.4) for alcohol dependency in only one study, 0.3 (CI -0.1 - 0.7, insignificant) for psychosis/bipolar, and 0.8 (CI 0.1-1.5) for mixed comorbidities. There were no significant effects on comorbid symptoms at follow-up. Together, these significant, stable medium to large effects indicate that CBT-I is an effective treatment for patients with insomnia and a comorbid mental disorder, especially depression, PTSD and alcohol dependency. CBT-I is also an effective add-on treatment with the aim of improving mental health in patients with depression, PTSD, and symptom severity in outpatients with mixed diagnoses. Thus, in patients with mental disorders and comorbid insomnia, given the many side effects of medication, CBT-I should be considered as a first-line treatment.
Sleep medicine reviews · meta-analysis · 263 citationsread the source →
Global, regional, and national burden of stroke and its risk factors, 1990-2019: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2019.
Background: Regularly updated data on stroke and its pathological types, including data on their incidence, prevalence, mortality, disability, risk factors, and epidemiological trends, are important for evidence-based stroke care planning and resource allocation. The Global Burden of Diseases, Injuries, and Risk Factors Study (GBD) aims to provide a standardised and comprehensive measurement of these metrics at global, regional, and national levels.
Methods: We applied GBD 2019 analytical tools to calculate stroke incidence, prevalence, mortality, disability-adjusted life-years (DALYs), and the population attributable fraction (PAF) of DALYs (with corresponding 95% uncertainty intervals [UIs]) associated with 19 risk factors, for 204 countries and territories from 1990 to 2019. These estimates were provided for ischaemic stroke, intracerebral haemorrhage, subarachnoid haemorrhage, and all strokes combined, and stratified by sex, age group, and World Bank country income level.
Findings: In 2019, there were 12·2 million (95% UI 11·0-13·6) incident cases of stroke, 101 million (93·2-111) prevalent cases of stroke, 143 million (133-153) DALYs due to stroke, and 6·55 million (6·00-7·02) deaths from stroke. Globally, stroke remained the second-leading cause of death (11·6% [10·8-12·2] of total deaths) and the third-leading cause of death and disability combined (5·7% [5·1-6·2] of total DALYs) in 2019. From 1990 to 2019, the absolute number of incident strokes increased by 70·0% (67·0-73·0), prevalent strokes increased by 85·0% (83·0-88·0), deaths from stroke increased by 43·0% (31·0-55·0), and DALYs due to stroke increased by 32·0% (22·0-42·0). During the same period, age-standardised rates of stroke incidence decreased by 17·0% (15·0-18·0), mortality decreased by 36·0% (31·0-42·0), prevalence decreased by 6·0% (5·0-7·0), and DALYs decreased by 36·0% (31·0-42·0). However, among people younger than 70 years, prevalence rates increased by 22·0% (21·0-24·0) and incidence rates increased by 15·0% (12·0-18·0). In 2019, the age-standardised stroke-related mortality rate was 3·6 (3·5-3·8) times higher in the World Bank low-income group than in the World Bank high-income group, and the age-standardised stroke-related DALY rate was 3·7 (3·5-3·9) times higher in the low-income group than the high-income group. Ischaemic stroke constituted 62·4% of all incident strokes in 2019 (7·63 million [6·57-8·96]), while intracerebral haemorrhage constituted 27·9% (3·41 million [2·97-3·91]) and subarachnoid haemorrhage constituted 9·7% (1·18 million [1·01-1·39]). In 2019, the five leading risk factors for stroke were high systolic blood pressure (contributing to 79·6 million [67·7-90·8] DALYs or 55·5% [48·2-62·0] of total stroke DALYs), high body-mass index (34·9 million [22·3-48·6] DALYs or 24·3% [15·7-33·2]), high fasting plasma glucose (28·9 million [19·8-41·5] DALYs or 20·2% [13·8-29·1]), ambient particulate matter pollution (28·7 million [23·4-33·4] DALYs or 20·1% [16·6-23·0]), and smoking (25·3 million [22·6-28·2] DALYs or 17·6% [16·4-19·0]).
Interpretation: The annual number of strokes and deaths due to stroke increased substantially from 1990 to 2019, despite substantial reductions in age-standardised rates, particularly among people older than 70 years. The highest age-standardised stroke-related mortality and DALY rates were in the World Bank low-income group. The fastest-growing risk factor for stroke between 1990 and 2019 was high body-mass index. Without urgent implementation of effective primary prevention strategies, the stroke burden will probably continue to grow across the world, particularly in low-income countries.
Funding: Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation.
The Lancet. Neurology · 5441 citationsread the source →
Dhandapani M, Gupta S, Dhandapani S, Kaur P, Samra K, Sharma K, Dolma K, Mohanty M, Singla N, Gupta SK. (2015)MEDLINE-indexed journal, not yet read by usSurgical neurology international Study of factors determining caregiver burden among primary caregivers of patients with intracranial tumors.
Background: Caregivers of patients with intracranial tumors handle physical, cognitive, and behavioral impairments of patients. The purpose of this study was to assess the magnitude of burden experienced by primary caregivers of patients operated for intracranial tumors and evaluate factors influencing it.
Methods: Descriptive cross-sectional design was used to assess home-care burden experienced by primary caregivers of patients operated for intracranial tumors. Using purposive sampling, 70 patient-caregiver pairs were enrolled. Modified caregiver strain index (MCSI) was used to assess the caregiver burden. Mini mental status examination (MMSE), Katz index of independence in activities of daily living (ADL), and neuropsychiatric inventory questionnaire (NPI-Q) were used to assess the status of patients.
Results: Of 70 caregivers, 45 had mild, and 22 had moderate MCSI burden. A number of behavioral changes in NPI-Q had a significant correlation with MCSI burden (P < 0.001), whereas MMSE and Katz-ADL of patients did not show significant relation with caregiver burden. In NPI-Q, irritability, agitation, anxiety, depression, and sleep disturbances had a significant impact on MCSI. Among caregiver factors, unemployment, low per capita income, time spent, inability to meet household needs, quitting the job, and health problems had a significant impact on MCSI. In separate multivariate analyses, irritability component (P = 0.004) among behavioral changes of patients and caregivers' inability to meet household needs (P < 0.001) had a significant association with caregiver burden independent of other factors.
Conclusions: Behavioral changes in patients (especially irritability) and financial constraints had a significant independent impact on the burden experienced by primary caregivers of patients operated for intracranial tumors. Identifying and managing, these are essential for reducing caregiver burden.
Surgical neurology international · 26 citationsread the source →
Prophylactic vaccination against human papillomaviruses to prevent cervical cancer and its precursors.
Background: Persistent infection with high-risk human papillomaviruses (hrHPV) types is causally linked with the development of cervical precancer and cancer. HPV types 16 and 18 cause approximately 70% of cervical cancers worldwide.
Objectives: To evaluate the harms and protection of prophylactic human papillomaviruses (HPV) vaccines against cervical precancer and HPV16/18 infection in adolescent girls and women.
Search methods: We searched MEDLINE, Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) and Embase (June 2017) for reports on effects from trials. We searched trial registries and company results' registers to identify unpublished data for mortality and serious adverse events.
Selection criteria: Randomised controlled trials comparing efficacy and safety in females offered HPV vaccines with placebo (vaccine adjuvants or another control vaccine).
Data collection and analysis: We used Cochrane methodology and GRADE to rate the certainty of evidence for protection against cervical precancer (cervical intraepithelial neoplasia grade 2 and above [CIN2+], CIN grade 3 and above [CIN3+], and adenocarcinoma-in-situ [AIS]), and for harms. We distinguished between the effects of vaccines by participants' baseline HPV DNA status. The outcomes were precancer associated with vaccine HPV types and precancer irrespective of HPV type. Results are presented as risks in control and vaccination groups and risk ratios (RR) with 95% confidence intervals in brackets.
Main results: We included 26 trials (73,428 participants). Ten trials, with follow-up of 1.3 to 8 years, addressed protection against CIN/AIS. Vaccine safety was evaluated over a period of 6 months to 7 years in 23 studies. Studies were not large enough or of sufficient duration to evaluate cervical cancer outcomes. All but one of the trials was funded by the vaccine manufacturers. We judged most included trials to be at low risk of bias. Studies involved monovalent (N = 1), bivalent (N = 18), and quadrivalent vaccines (N = 7). Most women were under 26 years of age. Three trials recruited women aged 25 and over. We summarize the effects of vaccines in participants who had at least one immunisation. Efficacy endpoints by initial HPV DNA statushrHPV negativeHPV vaccines reduce CIN2+, CIN3+, AIS associated with HPV16/18 compared with placebo in adolescent girls and women aged 15 to 26. There is high-certainty evidence that vaccines lower CIN2+ from 164 to 2/10,000 (RR 0.01 (0 to 0.05)) and CIN3+ from 70 to 0/10,000 (RR 0.01 (0.00 to 0.10). There is moderate-certainty evidence that vaccines reduce the risk of AIS from 9 to 0/10,000 (RR 0.10 (0.01 to 0.82).HPV vaccines reduce the risk of any CIN2+ from 287 to 106/10,000 (RR 0.37 (0.25 to 0.55), high certainty) and probably reduce any AIS lesions from 10 to 0/10,000 (RR 0.1 (0.01 to 0.76), moderate certainty). The size of reduction in CIN3+ with vaccines differed between bivalent and quadrivalent vaccines (bivalent: RR 0.08 (0.03 to 0.23), high certainty; quadrivalent: RR 0.54 (0.36 to 0.82), moderate certainty). Data in older women were not available for this comparison.HPV16/18 negativeIn those aged 15 to 26 years, vaccines reduce CIN2+ associated with HPV16/18 from 113 to 6 /10,000 (RR 0.05 (0.03 to 0.10). In women 24 years or older the absolute and relative reduction in the risk of these lesions is smaller (from 45 to 14/10,000, (RR 0.30 (0.11 to 0.81), moderate certainty). HPV vaccines reduce the risk of CIN3+ and AIS associated with HPV16/18 in younger women (RR 0.05 (0.02 to 0.14), high certainty and RR 0.09 (0.01 to 0.72), moderate certainty, respectively). No trials in older women have measured these outcomes. Vaccines reduce any CIN2+ from 231 to 95/10,000, (RR 0.41 (0.32 to 0.52)) in younger women. No data are reported for more severe lesions. Regardless of HPV DNA statusIn younger women HPV vaccines reduce the risk of CIN2+ associated with HPV16/18 from 341 to 157/10,000 (RR 0.46 (0.37 to 0.57), high certainty). Similar reductions in risk were observed for CIN3+ associated with HPV16/18 (high certainty). The number of women with AIS associated with HPV16/18 is reduced from 14 to 5/10,000 with HPV vaccines (high certainty).HPV vaccines reduce any CIN2+ from 559 to 391/10,000 (RR 0.70 (0.58 to 0.85, high certainty) and any AIS from 17 to 5/10,000 (RR 0.32 (0.15 to 0.67), high certainty). The reduction in any CIN3+ differed by vaccine type (bivalent vaccine: RR 0.55 (0.43 to 0.71) and quadrivalent vaccine: RR 0.81 (0.69 to 0.96)).In women vaccinated at 24 to 45 years of age, there is moderate-certainty evidence that the risks of CIN2+ associated with HPV16/18 and any CIN2+ are similar between vaccinated and unvaccinated women (RR 0.74 (0.52 to 1.05) and RR 1.04 (0.83 to 1.30) respectively). No data are reported in this age group for CIN3+ or AIS.Adverse effectsThe risk of serious adverse events is similar between control and HPV vaccines in women of all ages (669 versus 656/10,000, RR 0.98 (0.92 to 1.05), high certainty). Mortality was 11/10,000 in control groups compared with 14/10,000 (9 to 22) with HPV vaccine (RR 1.29 [0.85 to 1.98]; low certainty). The number of deaths was low overall but there is a higher number of deaths in older women. No pattern in the cause or timing of death has been established. Pregnancy outcomesAmong those who became pregnant during the studies, we did not find an increased risk of miscarriage (1618 versus 1424/10,000, RR 0.88 (0.68 to 1.14), high certainty) or termination (931 versus 838/10,000 RR 0.90 (0.80 to 1.02), high certainty). The effects on congenital abnormalities and stillbirths are uncertain (RR 1.22 (0.88 to 1.69), moderate certainty and (RR 1.12 (0.68 to 1.83), moderate certainty, respectively).
Authors' conclusions: There is high-certainty evidence that HPV vaccines protect against cervical precancer in adolescent girls and young women aged 15 to 26. The effect is higher for lesions associated with HPV16/18 than for lesions irrespective of HPV type. The effect is greater in those who are negative for hrHPV or HPV16/18 DNA at enrolment than those unselected for HPV DNA status. There is moderate-certainty evidence that HPV vaccines reduce CIN2+ in older women who are HPV16/18 negative, but not when they are unselected by HPV DNA status. We did not find an increased risk of serious adverse effects. Although the number of deaths is low overall, there were more deaths among women older than 25 years who received the vaccine. The deaths reported in the studies have been judged not to be related to the vaccine. Increased risk of adverse pregnancy outcomes after HPV vaccination cannot be excluded, although the risk of miscarriage and termination are similar between trial arms. Long-term of follow-up is needed to monitor the impact on cervical cancer, occurrence of rare harms and pregnancy outcomes.
The Cochrane database of systematic reviews · systematic review · 290 citationsread the source →
Ellis J, Lin J, Walsh A, Lo C, Shepherd FA, Moore M, Li M, Gagliese L, Zimmermann C, Rodin G. (2009)MEDLINE-indexed journal, not yet read by usJournal of clinical oncology : official journal of the American Society of Clinical Oncology Predictors of referral for specialized psychosocial oncology care in patients with metastatic cancer: the contributions of age, distress, and marital status.
Purpose: This study examines the rate and prediction of referral for specialized psychosocial oncology care in 326 patients with metastatic GI or lung cancer.
Patients and methods: Referral information was abstracted from medical records and hospital databases. Patients completed measures of psychosocial and physical distress and functioning.
Results: Routine referral occurred in 33% of patients, and in 42% and 44%, respectively, of those scoring high on measures of depression (Beck Depression Inventory [BDI]-II >or= 15) and hopelessness (Beck Hopelessness Scale >or= 8). Univariate analyses indicated that referral was associated with younger age, unmarried status, living alone, presence of more depressive symptoms, hopelessness, and attachment anxiety, and with less social support, self-esteem, and spiritual well-being (all P < .05). Among the significantly depressed (BDI-II >or= 15), 100% of those less than 40 years of age, but only 22% of those age 70 years or older were referred. Multivariate analyses indicated that referral was associated with younger age, unmarried status, and presence of more depressive symptoms. Moreover, increasing age was associated with a progressively lower likelihood of referral independent of the level of distress.
Conclusion: Routine referral of patients with metastatic cancer for psychosocial oncology care was predicted by presence of more severe depressive symptoms, younger age, and unmarried status. The rate of referral progressively declined with each decade of age, even among those with significant distress. These findings are consistent with some aspects of Andersen's model of health care utilization. The extent to which referred patients represent those who are most likely to benefit deserves further investigation.
Journal of clinical oncology : official journal of the American Society of Clinical Oncology · 84 citationsread the source →
Blood Lipid Responses to Diets Enriched with Cottonseed Oil Compared With Olive Oil in Adults with High Cholesterol in a Randomized Trial.
Background: Increasing unsaturated fat intake is beneficial for cardiovascular health, but the type of unsaturated fat to recommend remains equivocal.
Objectives: We investigated the effects of an 8-week diet intervention that was rich in either cottonseed oil (CSO; PUFA rich) or olive oil (OO; MUFA rich) on blood lipids in hypercholesterolemic adults.
Methods: Forty-three men and women with hypercholesterolemia (53 ± 10 years; BMI, 27.6 ± 4.8 kg/m2) completed this randomized parallel clinical trial consisting of an 8-week partial outpatient feeding intervention. Participants were given meals and snacks accounting for ∼60% of their daily energy needs, with 30% of energy needs from either CSO (n = 21) or OO (n = 22). At pre- and postdiet intervention visits, participants consumed a high-SFA meal (35% of total energy needs; 70% of energy from fat). The primary outcomes of fasting cholesterol profiles and secondary outcomes of postprandial blood lipids and glycemic markers were assessed over a 5-hour period.
Results: There were greater reductions from baseline to week 8 in fasting serum total cholesterol (TC; -17.0 ± 3.94 mg/dL compared with -2.18 ± 3.72 mg/dL, respectively; P = 0.008), LDL cholesterol (-19.7 ± 3.94 mg/dL compared with -5.72 ± 4.23 mg/dL, respectively; P = 0.018), non-HDL cholesterol (-20.8 mg/dL ± 4.00 compared with -6.61 ± 4.01 mg/dL, respectively; P = 0.014), and apoB (-11.8 mg/dL ± 2.37 compared with -3.10 ± 2.99 mg/dL, respectively; P = 0.05), in CSO compared with OO. There were also visit effects from baseline to week 8 for increases in HDL cholesterol (CSO, 56.5 ± 2.79 mg/dL to 60.2 ± 3.35 mg/dL, respectively; OO: 59.7 ± 2.63 mg/dL to 64.1 ± 2.24 mg/dL, respectively; P < 0.001), and decreases in the TC:HDL-cholesterol ratio (CSO, 4.30 ± 0.27 mg/dL to 3.78 ± 0.27 mg/dL, respectively; OO, 3.94 ± 0.16 mg/dL to 3.57 ± 0.11 mg/dL, respectively; P < 0.001), regardless of group assignment. In response to the high-SFA meal, there were differences in postprandial plasma glucose (P = 0.003) and triglyceride (P = 0.004) responses and a trend in nonesterified fatty acids (P = 0.11) between groups, showing protection in the postprandial state from an occasional high-SFA fat meal with CSO, but not OO, diet enrichment.
Conclusions: CSO, but not OO, diet enrichment caused substantial improvements in fasting and postprandial blood lipids and postprandial glycemia in hypercholesterolemic adults. This trial was registered at clinicaltrials.gov as NCT04397055.
The Journal of nutrition · randomised controlled trial · 17 citationsread the source →
Shinde S, Weiss HA, Varghese B, Khandeparkar P, Pereira B, Sharma A, Gupta R, Ross DA, Patton G, Patel V. (2018)MEDLINE-indexed journal, not yet read by usLancet (London, England) · randomised controlled trial Promoting school climate and health outcomes with the SEHER multi-component secondary school intervention in Bihar, India: a cluster-randomised controlled trial.
Background: School environments affect health and academic outcomes. With increasing secondary school retention in low-income and middle-income countries, promoting quality school social environments could offer a scalable opportunity to improve adolescent health and wellbeing.
Methods: We did a cluster-randomised trial to assess the effectiveness of a multi-component whole-school health promotion intervention (SEHER) with integrated economic and process evaluations in grade 9 students (aged 13-14 years) at government-run secondary schools in the Nalanda district of Bihar state, India. Schools were randomly assigned (1:1:1) to three groups: the SEHER intervention delivered by a lay counsellor (the SEHER Mitra [SM] group), the SEHER intervention delivered by a teacher (teacher as SEHER Mitra [TSM] group), and a control group in which only the standard government-run classroom-based life-skills Adolescence Education Program was implemented. The primary outcome was school climate measured with the Beyond Blue School Climate Questionnaire (BBSCQ). Students were assessed at the start of the academic year (June, 2015) and again 8 months later at the end of the academic year (March, 2016) via self-completed questionnaires. This study is registered with ClinicalTrials.gov, number NCT02484014.
Findings: Of the 112 eligible schools in the Nalanda district, 75 were randomly selected to participate in the trial. We randomly assigned 25 schools to each of the three groups. One school subsequently dropped out of the TSM group, leaving 24 schools in this group. The baseline survey included a total of 13 035 participants, and the endpoint survey included 14 414 participants. Participants in the SM-delivered intervention schools had substantially higher school climate scores at endpoint survey than those in the control group (BBSCQ baseline-adjusted mean difference [aMD] 7·57 [95% CI 6·11-9·03]; effect size 1·88 [95% CI 1·44-2·32], p<0·0001) and the TSM-delivered intervention (aMD 7·57 [95% CI 6·06-9·08]; effect size 1·88 [95% CI 1·43-2·34], p<0·0001). There was no effect of the TSM-delivered intervention compared with control (aMD -0·009 [95% CI -1·53 to 1·51], effect size 0·00 [95% CI -0·45 to 0·44], p=0·99). Compared with the control group, participants in the SM-delivered intervention schools had moderate to large improvements in the secondary outcomes of depression (aMD -1·23 [95% CI -1·89 to -0·57]), bullying (aMD -0·91 [95% CI -1·15 to -0·66]), violence victimisation (odds ratio [OR] 0·62 [95% CI 0·46-0·84]), violence perpetration (OR 0·68 [95% CI 0·48-0·96]), attitude towards gender equity (aMD 0·41 [95% CI 0·21-0·61]), and knowledge of reproductive and sexual health (aMD 0·29 [95% CI 0·06-0·53]). Similar results for these secondary outcomes were noted for the comparison between SM-delivered intervention schools and TSM-delivered intervention schools (depression: aMD -1·23 [95% CI -1·91 to -0·55]; bullying: aMD -0·83 [95% CI -1·08 to -0·57]; violence victimisation: OR 0·49 [95% CI 0·35-0·67]; violence perpetration: OR 0·49 [95% CI 0·34-0·71]; attitude towards gender equity: aMD 0·23 [95% CI 0·02-0·44]; and knowledge of reproductive and sexual health: aMD 0·22 [95% CI -0·02 to 0·47]). However, no effects on these secondary outcomes were observed for the TSM-delivered intervention schools compared with the control group (depression: aMD -0·03 [95% CI -0·70 to 0·65]; bullying: aMD -0·08 [95% CI -0·34 to 0·18]; violence victimisation: OR 1·27 [95% CI 0·93-1·73]; violence perpetration: OR 1·37 [95% CI 0·95-1·95]; attitude towards gender equity: aMD 0·17 [95% CI -0·09 to 0·38]; and knowledge of reproductive and sexual health: aMD 0·06 [95% CI -0·18 to 0·32]).
Interpretation: The multi-component whole-school SEHER health promotion intervention had substantial beneficial effects on school climate and health-related outcomes when delivered by lay counsellors, but no effects when delivered by teachers. Future research should focus on the evaluation of the scaling up of the SEHER intervention in diverse contexts and delivery agents.
Funding: John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation, USA and the United Nations Population Fund India Office.
Lancet (London, England) · randomised controlled trial · 121 citationsread the source →
The effects of volunteering on loneliness among lonely older adults: the HEAL-HOA dual randomised controlled trial.
Background: Previous randomised controlled trials have largely relied on self-reported volunteer work to assess the effects of volunteering and have rarely provided structured volunteering activities during the intervention period. The present study aimed to investigate the effects of social volunteering work over 12 months on loneliness among older adults during the COVID-19 pandemic.
Methods: A dual randomised controlled trial was done in Hong Kong to investigate the long-term effects of telephone-delivered psychosocial interventions by older Chinese volunteers who were screened as lonely, for older adult recipients who had low income, lived alone, felt lonely, and were digitally excluded. Participants were included if they were aged 50-70 years; had provided consent to be trained and serve as a volunteer for at least 2 h per week for 6 months; had at least 3 years of secondary school education; had no severe self-reported physical, mental, or cognitive health problems; were not working full or part-time; had engaged in formal volunteering fewer than four times within the past year; and were lonely (ie, had a score of at least 6 on the three-item UCLA Loneliness Scale). Participants were allocated into either the volunteering or control group (psychoeducation programme) using a random number method. The details of group allocation were concealed as the research assistant responsible for randomisation was different to the research assistants responsible for recruitment and assessments (who were masked to the condition). Following a 6-week training, the volunteers delivered a psychosocial intervention to older intervention recipients for 6 months. The primary outcome was loneliness measured with the 20-item UCLA Loneliness Scale and the De Jong Gierveld (DJG) Loneliness Scales at 6 months and 12 months. Assessments were performed before training (baseline; T1), at 6 months (T2), and at 12 months after training (T3). The intention-to-treat principle was used to compare the effects of volunteering between the two groups. The trial was registered in the Clinical Trials Registry of the University of Hong Kong Clinical Trials Centre (HKUCTR-2929). This trial has completed.
Findings: Between May 3, 2021, and Oct 6, 2022, a total of 375 individuals were recruited to the trial, including 84 males (22%) and 291 females (78%). 185 were randomly assigned to the volunteering group (56 to deliver a mindfulness intervention, 65 to deliver a behavioural activation intervention, and 64 to deliver a befriending intervention) and 190 were assigned to the control group. 311 (83%) of 375 participants were 60 years or older (median 64 years [SD 4·86]). Participants in the volunteering group reported a significantly lower level of loneliness at T2 (dppc2 ranged from -0·41 to -0·70) compared with T1 than participants in the control condition. There was a significant decrease in loneliness measured using the UCLA Loneliness Scale at T2 in the volunteering group but such a decline was not shown in the control group (condition × time interaction, estimate 0·19 [95% CI 0·08 to 0·29], p=0·00058, dppc2=-0·41). Similarly, when measured with the DJG Loneliness Scale, there was a significantly greater decrease in loneliness in the volunteering group compared with the control group at T2, including a medium to large effect size on total DJG scores (estimate 1·34 [95% CI 0·83 to 1·84], p<0·0001, dppc2=-0·70) and a medium effect size on emotional (estimate 0·63 [0·35 to 0·90], p<0·0001, dppc2=-0·59) and social subscales (estimate 0·71 [95% CI 0·37 to 1·05], p<0·0001, dppc2=-0·58). Although most of the positive effects of volunteering were not sustained at T3, the volunteers who continued to volunteer for more than 2 h per week at T3 reported lower levels of loneliness than those who did not maintain volunteering.
Interpretation: This randomised controlled trial demonstrates the beneficial effect of volunteering on reducing loneliness in older adults who feel lonely, and that this benefit can be maintained through continued participation in voluntary work. Future intervention programmes should strengthen older adults' commitment to volunteer.
Funding: Research Grants Committee of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, China.
The lancet. Healthy longevity · randomised controlled trial · 16 citationsread the source →
Online yoga to reduce post traumatic stress in women who have experienced stillbirth: a randomized control feasibility trial.
Background: About 1 in every 150 pregnancies end in stillbirth. Consequences include symptoms of post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), depression, and anxiety. Yoga has been used to treat PTSD in other populations and may improve health outcomes for stillbirth mothers. The purpose of this study was to determine: (a) feasibility of a 12-week home-based, online yoga intervention with varying doses; (b) acceptability of a "stretch and tone" control group; and (c) preliminary efficacy of the intervention on reducing symptoms of PTSD, anxiety, depression, perinatal grief, self-compassion, emotional regulation, mindfulness, sleep quality, and subjective health.
Methods: Participants (N = 90) were recruited nationally and randomized into one of three groups for yoga or exercise (low dose (LD), 60 min per week; moderate dose (MD), 150 min per week; and stretch-and-tone control group (STC)). Baseline and post-intervention surveys measured main outcomes (listed above). Frequency analyses were used to determine feasibility. Repeated measures ANCOVA were used to determine preliminary efficacy. Multiple regression analyses were used to determine a dose-response relationship between minutes of yoga and each outcome variable.
Results: Over half of participants completed the intervention (n = 48/90). Benchmarks (≥70% reported > 75% satisfaction) were met in each group for satisfaction and enjoyment. Participants meeting benchmarks (completing > 90% of prescribed minutes 9/12 weeks) for LD and MD groups were 44% (n = 8/18) and 6% (n = 1/16), respectively. LD and MD groups averaged 44.0 and 77.3 min per week of yoga, respectively. The MD group reported that 150 prescribed minutes per week of yoga was too much. There were significant decreases in PTSD and depression, and improvements in self-rated health at post-intervention for both intervention groups. There was a significant difference in depression scores (p = .036) and grief intensity (p = .009) between the MD and STC groups. PTSD showed non-significant decreases of 43% and 56% at post-intervention in LD and MD groups, respectively (22% decrease in control).
Conclusions: This was the first study to determine the feasibility and preliminary efficacy of an online yoga intervention for women after stillbirth. Future research warrants a randomized controlled trial.
Trial registration: ClinicalTrials.gov. NCT02925481. Registered 10-04-16.
BMC complementary medicine and therapies · randomised controlled trial · 53 citationsread the source →
Telephone-Delivered Cognitive Behavioral Therapy and Telephone-Delivered Nondirective Supportive Therapy for Rural Older Adults With Generalized Anxiety Disorder
IMPORTANCE: Generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) is common in older adults; however, access to treatment may be limited, particularly in rural areas. OBJECTIVE: To examine the effects of telephone-delivered cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) compared with telephone-delivered nondirective supportive therapy (NST) in rural older adults with GAD. DESIGN, SETTING, AND PARTICIPANTS: Randomized clinical trial in the participants' homes of 141 adults aged 60 years and older with a principal or coprincipal diagnosis of GAD who were recruited between January 27, 2011, and October 22, 2013. INTERVENTIONS: Telephone-delivered CBT consisted of as many as 11 sessions (9 were required) focused on recognition of anxiety symptoms, relaxation, cognitive restructuring, the use of coping statements, problem solving, worry control, behavioral activation, exposure therapy, and relapse prevention, with optional chapters on sleep and pain. Telephone-delivered NST consisted of 10 sessions focused on providing a supportive atmosphere in which participants could share and discuss their feelings and did not provide any direct suggestions for coping. MAIN OUTCOMES AND MEASURES: Primary outcomes included interviewer-rated anxiety severity (Hamilton Anxiety Rating Scale) and self-reported worry severity (Penn State Worry Questionnaire-Abbreviated) measured at baseline, 2 months' follow-up, and 4 months' follow-up. Mood-specific secondary outcomes included self-reported GAD symptoms (GAD Scale 7 Item) measured at baseline and 4 months' follow-up and depressive symptoms (Beck Depression Inventory) measured at baseline, 2 months' follow-up, and 4 months' follow-up. Among the 141 participants, 70 were randomized to receive CBT and 71 to receive NST. RESULTS: At 4 months' follow-up, there was a significantly greater decline in worry severity among participants in the telephone-delivered CBT group (difference in improvement, -4.07; 95% CI, -6.26 to -1.87; P = .004) but no significant differences in general anxiety symptoms (difference in improvement, -1.52; 95% CI, -4.07 to 1.03; P = .24). At 4 months' follow-up, there was a significantly greater decline in GAD symptoms (difference in improvement, -2.36; 95% CI, -4.00 to -0.72; P = .005) and depressive symptoms (difference in improvement, -3.23; 95% CI, -5.97 to -0.50; P = .02) among participants in the telephone-delivered CBT group. CONCLUSIONS AND RELEVANCE: In this trial, telephone-delivered CBT was superior to telephone-delivered NST in reducing worry, GAD symptoms, and depressive symptoms in older adults with GAD. TRIAL REGISTRATION: clinicaltrials.gov Identifier: NCT01259596.
JAMA Psychiatry · randomised controlled trial · 145 citationsread the source →
Bed-sharing by breastfeeding mothers: who bed-shares and what is the relationship with breastfeeding duration?
Aim: To explore the link between breastfeeding duration and bed-sharing frequency among women reporting a prenatal intention to breastfeed.
Methods: About 870 participants in a randomised breastfeeding trial, recruited at mid-pregnancy, provided weekly snapshots of breastfeeding and bed-sharing behaviour for 26 weeks following birth. Strength of prenatal breastfeeding intent was recorded at recruitment using Likert-type scales.
Results: Outcomes were frequency of bed-sharing at home for at least one hour per week, and time to cessation of breastfeeding. There were insufficient data to classify bed-sharing pattern in 192/870 (22%) of mothers. Of the remainder, 44% (299/678) of participants 'rarely' or 'never' bed-shared, 28% (192/678) did so 'intermittently' and 28% (187/678) did so 'often'. These three groups did not differ significantly in marital status, income, infant gestational age, maternal age or delivery mode. Significantly, more participants who bed-shared 'often' reported strong prenatal breastfeeding intent (70% vs. 57% and 56% for 'intermittent' and 'rare' bed-share groups) and attached high prenatal importance to breastfeeding (95% vs. 87% and 82%). Significantly, more women who bed-shared frequently were breastfeeding at 6 months (p < 0.0001) than those who intermittently or rarely/never bed-shared.
Conclusion: Women with strong motivation to breastfeed frequently bed-share. Given the complex relationship between bed-sharing and sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS) appropriate guidance balancing risk minimisation with support for breastfeeding mothers is crucial.
Acta paediatrica (Oslo, Norway : 1992) · randomised controlled trial · 48 citationsread the source →
A systematic review of assessment tools for adults used in traumatic brain injury research and their relationship to the ICF.
Background and aims: Good assessment is an essential component of effective patient management. Yet the sheer volume of available assessment instruments presents a barrier for the clinician or researcher to (a) be knowledgeable about suitable measures and (b) keep up-to-date with new measures that are published. In order to create a resource of currently-used measures, we conducted a systematic review of assessment tools used in the research literature on traumatic brain injury (TBI).
Methods: We used two electronic databases (Medline and PsycINFO) to identify full-length, English-language articles published between 2000 and 2012 in which outcome in adults with TBI was assessed with behavioural tests or questionnaires.
Results: The searches yielded 5,735 articles and after deletion of duplicates (n = 1,383) and articles not meeting selection criteria (n = 1,759), 2,593 articles were further examined. The articles contained 910 behavioural instruments, with a final set of 728 unique instruments. Each instrument was classified against the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF). Half of the instruments (n = 370, 50.8%) evaluated the mental functions domain of the ICF body functions component, with a substantially smaller proportion (n = 64, 8.8%) examining specific motor-sensory and other body functions. Instruments also covered domains of activities/participation (n = 109, 15.0%), environmental factors (n = 22, 3.0%) and personal factors (n = 36, 4.9%). A substantial number of scales (n = 93, 12.8%) were multidimensional across the body function domains (n = 32), as well as the functioning and disability part of the ICF (n = 60). The remaining 5% of instruments addressed concepts not covered by the ICF, including quality of life (n = 19, 2.6%) and rehabilitation process tools (such as therapeutic alliance). The 728 instruments were listed and more than 70 of the most common, spread across 20 domains, were highlighted.
Conclusion: These data provide a comprehensive and up-to-date resource that gives the researcher or clinician a very large selection of assessment instruments covering the major areas of function pertinent to TBI.
NeuroRehabilitation · systematic review · 37 citationsread the source →
Siva S, Bressel M, Murphy DG, Shaw M, Chander S, Violet J, Tai KH, Udovicich C, Lim A, Selbie L, Hofman MS, Kron T, Moon D, Goad J, Lawrentschuk N, Foroudi F. (2018)MEDLINE-indexed journal, not yet read by usEuropean urology · clinical trial Stereotactic Abative Body Radiotherapy (SABR) for Oligometastatic Prostate Cancer: A Prospective Clinical Trial.
Background: Stereotactic ablative body radiotherapy (SABR) is an emerging treatment option for oligometastatic prostate cancer. However, limited prospective evidence is available.
Objective: To determine the safety and feasibility of single fraction SABR for patients with oligometastatic prostate cancer. Secondary endpoints were local and distant progression-free survival (LPFS and DPFS), toxicity, quality of life (QoL), and prostate-specific antigen response.
Design, setting, and participants: In a prospective clinical trial, patients were screened with computed tomography, bone scan, and sodium fluoride positron emission tomography scan and had one to three oligometastases. Kaplan-Meier methods were used to determine LPFS and DPFS. Toxicity was graded using Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Event version 4.0. QoL was assessed using European Organization for Research and Treatment of Cancer QLQ-C30 and QLQ-BM22 at 1, 3,12, and 24 mo.
Intervention: A single fraction of 20-Gy SABR to each lesion.
Results and limitations: Between 2013 and 2014, 33 consecutive patients received SABR to a total of 50 oligometastases and were followed for 2 yr. The median age was 70 yr. The Gleason score was ≥8 in 15 patients (45%). Twenty patients had bone only, 12 had node only, and one had mixed disease. SABR was feasible and delivered as planned in 97% of cases. There was one grade 3 adverse event (3.0%, vertebral fracture). No patient died. The 1 and 2-yr LPFS was 97% (95% confidence interval [CI]: 91-100) and 93% (95% CI: 84-100), and DPFS was 58% (95% CI: 43-77) and 39% (95% CI: 25-60), respectively. In those not on androgen deprivation therapy (ADT; n=22), the 2-yr freedom from ADT was 48%. There was no significant difference from baseline QoL observed. Limitations include small sample size, limited duration of follow-up, and lack of a control arm.
Conclusions: A single SABR session was feasible and associated with low morbidity in this cohort. Over one-third of patients did not progress and were free from ADT at 2-yr. QoL measures were maintained with this treatment strategy.
Patient summary: This clinical trial investigated single treatment stereotactic radiotherapy for low volume advanced prostate cancer. The approach was found to be safe with avoidance of hormone therapy in almost half of the participants at 2 yr.
European urology · clinical trial · 222 citationsread the source →
Vitamin A supplementation for extremely low birth weight infants: outcome at 18 to 22 months.
Background: A National Institute of Child Health and Human Development Neonatal Research Network randomized trial showed that vitamin A supplementation reduced bronchopulmonary dysplasia (O2 at 36 weeks' postmenstrual age) or death in extremely low birth weight (ELBW) neonates (relative risk [RR]: 0.89). As with postnatal steroids or other interventions, it is important to ensure that there are no longer-term adverse effects that outweigh neonatal benefits.
Primary objective: To determine if vitamin A supplementation in ELBW infants during the first month after birth affects survival without neurodevelopmental impairment at a corrected age of 18 to 22 months.
Design/methods: Infants enrolled in the National Institute of Child Health and Human Development vitamin A trial were evaluated at 18 to 22 months by carefully standardized assessments: Bayley Mental Index (MDI) and Psychomotor Index (PDI), visual and hearing screens, and physical examination for cerebral palsy (CP). The medical history was also obtained. Neurodevelopmental impairment (NDI) was predefined as > or =1 of MDI <70, PDI <70, CP, blind in both eyes, or hearing aids in both ears.
Results: Of 807 enrolled infants, 133 died before and 16 died after discharge. Five hundred seventy-nine (88%) of the 658 remaining infants were followed up. The primary outcome of NDI or death could be determined for 687 of 807 randomized infants (85%). Baseline characteristics and predischarge and postdischarge mortality were comparable in both study groups. NDI or death by 18 to 22 months occurred in 190 of 345 (55%) infants in the vitamin A group and in 204 of 342 (60%) of the control group (RR: 0.94; 95% confidence interval: 0.80-1.07). RRs for low MDI, low PDI, and CP were also <1.0. We found no evidence that neonatal vitamin A supplementation reduces hospitalizations or pulmonary problems after discharge.
Conclusion: Vitamin A supplementation for ELBW infants reduces bronchopulmonary dysplasia without increasing mortality or neurodevelopmental impairment at 18 to 22 months. However, this study was not powered to evaluate small magnitudes of change in long-term outcomes.
Pediatrics · randomised controlled trial · 80 citationsread the source →
Psychological responses, mental health, and sense of agency for the dual challenges of climate change and the COVID-19 pandemic in young people in the UK: an online survey study.
Background: The COVID-19 pandemic and climate change are both significant and pressing global challenges, posing threats to public health and wellbeing. Young people are particularly vulnerable to the distress both crises can cause, but understanding of the varied psychological responses to both issues is poor. We aimed to investigate these responses and their links with mental health conditions and feelings of agency.
Methods: We conducted an online survey between Aug 5 and Oct 26, 2020, targeting a diverse sample of young people (aged 16-24 years, n=530) in the UK. The survey was distributed using a combination of a survey panel (panel sample) and direct approaches to youth groups and schools who shared the survey with young people in their networks (community sample). We collected data on respondents' psychological responses to both climate change and the COVID-19 pandemic, their sense of agency to respond to each crisis, and the range of impacts on their lives. We also collected demographics data and screened for mental health and wellbeing indicators. We used non-parametric tests for most statistical comparisons. For paired samples, we used Wilcoxon's signed-rank test, and used Mann-Whitney U-tests or Kruskal-Wallis tests for two or more independent samples. Summed scale scores were considered as interval-level data and analysed with Student's t tests and ANOVAs. Effect sizes are reported as Cohen's d and partial eta-squared (η·2p), respectively.
Findings: After excluding 18 suspected bots and 94 incomplete responses, 530 responses were retained for analysis. Of the 518 respondents who provided demographic data, 63% were female, 71·4% were White, and the mean family affluence score was 8·22 (SD 2·29). Most participants (n=343; 70%) did not report a history of diagnosis or treatment for a mental health disorder, but mental health scores indicated a common experience of (relatively mild) symptoms of anxiety, depression, and stress. Although UK youth reported more life disruption and concern for their future due to the COVID-19 pandemic, climate change was associated with significantly greater distress overall, particularly for individuals with low levels of generalised anxiety. The COVID-19 pandemic was more associated with feelings of anxiety, isolation, disconnection, and frustration; distress around loss and grief; and effects on quality of life. Climate change was more likely to evoke emotions such as interest and engagement, guilt, shame, anger, and disgust. The greater distress attributed to climate change overall was due, in particular, to higher levels of guilt, sense of personal responsibility, and greater distress triggered by upsetting media coverage. Agency to address climate change was associated with greater climate distress, but pandemic-related distress and agency were unrelated.
Interpretation: The COVID-19 pandemic and climate change are affecting the wellbeing of UK young people in distinct ways, with implications for health service, policy, and research responses. There is a need for mental health practitioners, policy makers, and other societal actors to account for the complex relationship between climate agency, distress, and mental wellbeing in young people.
Funding: Imperial College London.
The Lancet. Planetary health · 47 citationsread the source →
Steyerberg EW, Wiegers E, Sewalt C, Buki A, Citerio G, De Keyser V, Ercole A, Kunzmann K, Lanyon L, Lecky F, Lingsma H, Manley G, Nelson D, Peul W, Stocchetti N, von Steinbüchel N, Vande Vyvere T, Verheyden J, Wilson L, Maas AIR, Menon DK, CENTER-TBI Participants and Investigators. (2019)MEDLINE-indexed journal, not yet read by usThe Lancet. Neurology · cohort or longitudinal Case-mix, care pathways, and outcomes in patients with traumatic brain injury in CENTER-TBI: a European prospective, multicentre, longitudinal, cohort study.
Background: The burden of traumatic brain injury (TBI) poses a large public health and societal problem, but the characteristics of patients and their care pathways in Europe are poorly understood. We aimed to characterise patient case-mix, care pathways, and outcomes of TBI.
Methods: CENTER-TBI is a Europe-based, observational cohort study, consisting of a core study and a registry. Inclusion criteria for the core study were a clinical diagnosis of TBI, presentation fewer than 24 h after injury, and an indication for CT. Patients were differentiated by care pathway and assigned to the emergency room (ER) stratum (patients who were discharged from an emergency room), admission stratum (patients who were admitted to a hospital ward), or intensive care unit (ICU) stratum (patients who were admitted to the ICU). Neuroimages and biospecimens were stored in repositories and outcome was assessed at 6 months after injury. We used the IMPACT core model for estimating the expected mortality and proportion with unfavourable Glasgow Outcome Scale Extended (GOSE) outcomes in patients with moderate or severe TBI (Glasgow Coma Scale [GCS] score ≤12). The core study was registered with ClinicalTrials.gov, number NCT02210221, and with Resource Identification Portal (RRID: SCR_015582).
Findings: Data from 4509 patients from 18 countries, collected between Dec 9, 2014, and Dec 17, 2017, were analysed in the core study and from 22 782 patients in the registry. In the core study, 848 (19%) patients were in the ER stratum, 1523 (34%) in the admission stratum, and 2138 (47%) in the ICU stratum. In the ICU stratum, 720 (36%) patients had mild TBI (GCS score 13-15). Compared with the core cohort, the registry had a higher proportion of patients in the ER (9839 [43%]) and admission (8571 [38%]) strata, with more than 95% of patients classified as having mild TBI. Patients in the core study were older than those in previous studies (median age 50 years [IQR 30-66], 1254 [28%] aged >65 years), 462 (11%) had serious comorbidities, 772 (18%) were taking anticoagulant or antiplatelet medication, and alcohol was contributory in 1054 (25%) TBIs. MRI and blood biomarker measurement enhanced characterisation of injury severity and type. Substantial inter-country differences existed in care pathways and practice. Incomplete recovery at 6 months (GOSE <8) was found in 207 (30%) patients in the ER stratum, 665 (53%) in the admission stratum, and 1547 (84%) in the ICU stratum. Among patients with moderate-to-severe TBI in the ICU stratum, 623 (55%) patients had unfavourable outcome at 6 months (GOSE <5), similar to the proportion predicted by the IMPACT prognostic model (observed to expected ratio 1·06 [95% CI 0·97-1·14]), but mortality was lower than expected (0·70 [0·62-0·76]).
Interpretation: Patients with TBI who presented to European centres in the core study were older than were those in previous observational studies and often had comorbidities. Overall, most patients presented with mild TBI. The incomplete recovery of many patients should motivate precision medicine research and the identification of best practices to improve these outcomes.
Funding: European Union 7th Framework Programme, the Hannelore Kohl Stiftung, OneMind, and Integra LifeSciences Corporation.
The Lancet. Neurology · cohort or longitudinal · 381 citationsread the source →
Paul SE, Hatoum AS, Fine JD, Johnson EC, Hansen I, Karcher NR, Moreau AL, Bondy E, Qu Y, Carter EB, Rogers CE, Agrawal A, Barch DM, Bogdan R. (2021)MEDLINE-indexed journal, not yet read by usJAMA psychiatry · cohort or longitudinal Associations Between Prenatal Cannabis Exposure and Childhood Outcomes: Results From the ABCD Study.
Importance: In light of increasing cannabis use among pregnant women, the US Surgeon General recently issued an advisory against the use of marijuana during pregnancy.
Objective: To evaluate whether cannabis use during pregnancy is associated with adverse outcomes among offspring.
Design, setting, and participants: In this cross-sectional study, data were obtained from the baseline session of the ongoing longitudinal Adolescent Brain and Cognitive Development Study, which recruited 11 875 children aged 9 to 11 years, as well as a parent or caregiver, from 22 sites across the United States between June 1, 2016, and October 15, 2018.
Exposure: Prenatal cannabis exposure prior to and after maternal knowledge of pregnancy.
Main outcomes and measures: Symptoms of psychopathology in children (ie, psychotic-like experiences [PLEs] and internalizing, externalizing, attention, thought, and social problems), cognition, sleep, birth weight, gestational age at birth, body mass index, and brain structure (ie, total intracranial volume, white matter volume, and gray matter volume). Covariates included familial (eg, income and familial psychopathology), pregnancy (eg, prenatal exposure to alcohol and tobacco), and child (eg, substance use) variables.
Results: Among 11 489 children (5997 boys [52.2%]; mean [SD] age, 9.9 [0.6] years) with nonmissing prenatal cannabis exposure data, 655 (5.7%) were exposed to cannabis prenatally. Relative to no exposure, cannabis exposure only before (413 [3.6%]) and after (242 [2.1%]) maternal knowledge of pregnancy were associated with greater offspring psychopathology characteristics (ie, PLEs and internalizing, externalizing, attention, thought and, social problems), sleep problems, and body mass index, as well as lower cognition and gray matter volume (all |β| > 0.02; all false discovery rate [FDR]-corrected P < .03). Only exposure after knowledge of pregnancy was associated with lower birth weight as well as total intracranial volume and white matter volumes relative to no exposure and exposure only before knowledge (all |β| > 0.02; all FDR-corrected P < .04). When including potentially confounding covariates, exposure after maternal knowledge of pregnancy remained associated with greater PLEs and externalizing, attention, thought, and social problems (all β > 0.02; FDR-corrected P < .02). Exposure only prior to maternal knowledge of pregnancy did not differ from no exposure on any outcomes when considering potentially confounding variables (all |β| < 0.02; FDR-corrected P > .70).
Conclusions and relevance: This study suggests that prenatal cannabis exposure and its correlated factors are associated with greater risk for psychopathology during middle childhood. Cannabis use during pregnancy should be discouraged.
JAMA psychiatry · cohort or longitudinal · 266 citationsread the source →
Clinical trial: long-term use of proton pump inhibitors in primary care patients - a cross sectional analysis of 901 patients.
Background: The use of proton pump inhibitors (PPIs) is extensive. While the incidence of new treatments remains stable, the prevalence of long-term treatment is rising. Studies have shown that up to 70% of patients on chronic acid suppression lack a verified indication for treatment.
Aims: To investigate primary care patient characteristics associated with long-term use of PPIs.
Methods: A cross-sectional analysis of 42,634 patients registered with 22 general practitioners was performed. Patients with prescriptions of > or =120 tablets/year were defined as long-term users. A survey of a subgroup of patients without verified indication was performed.
Results: In all, 901 (2.1%) patients were long-term treated. Verified indications for treatment were identified for 247/901 (27%). An upper GI endoscopy had been performed in 418 patients (46%). Of the 194/654 without verified indication who participated in the survey, 71% reported heartburn/acid regurgitation as the reason for therapy. On-demand therapy was reported by 43/194 (22%) and previous attempts to withdraw by 119/194 (61%).
Conclusions: The prevalence of PPI long-term treatment among primary care patients is 2.1%. The main reason for treatment is reflux symptoms or verified GERD. Rationalization of use of PPIs is possible as daily treatment without attempts to discontinue is frequently observed.
Alimentary pharmacology & therapeutics · clinical trial · 24 citationsread the source →
Chow T, Kereiakes DJ, Onufer J, Woelfel A, Gursoy S, Peterson BJ, Brown ML, Pu W, Benditt DG, MASTER Trial Investigators. (2008)MEDLINE-indexed journal, not yet read by usJournal of the American College of Cardiology · cohort or longitudinal Does microvolt T-wave alternans testing predict ventricular tachyarrhythmias in patients with ischemic cardiomyopathy and prophylactic defibrillators? The MASTER (Microvolt T Wave Alternans Testing for Risk Stratification of Post-Myocardial Infarction Patients) trial.
Objectives: The purpose of this trial was to determine whether microvolt T-wave alternans (MTWA) predicts ventricular tachyarrhythmic events (VTEs) in post-myocardial infarction patients with left ventricular ejection fraction (LVEF) < or =30%.
Background: Previous studies have established MTWA as a predictor for total and arrhythmic mortality, but its ability to identify prophylactic implantable cardioverter-defibrillator (ICD) recipients most likely to experience VTEs remains uncertain.
Methods: This prospective trial was conducted at 50 U.S. centers. Patients were eligible if they met MADIT-II (Multicenter Automatic Defibrillator Implantation Trial II) indications for device implant. All patients underwent MTWA testing followed by ICD implantation, with pre-specified programming to minimize the likelihood of therapies for non-life-threatening VTE. Minimum follow-up was 2 years with annual MTWA testing. Initially indeterminate MTWA tests were repeated.
Results: Analyses were conducted on 575 patients (84% male; average age +/- SD = 65 +/- 11 years; average LVEF +/- SD = 0.24 +/- 0.05). The final distribution of MTWA results were: MTWA positive in 293 (51%), MTWA negative in 214 (37%), and indeterminate in 68 patients (12%). Over an average follow-up of 2.1 +/- 0.9 years, there were 70 VTEs. A VTE occurred in 48 of 361 (13%, 6.3%/year) MTWA non-negative and 22 of 214 (10%, 5.0%/year) MTWA negative patients. A non-negative MTWA test result was not associated with VTE (hazard ratio: 1.26; 95% confidence interval: 0.76 to 2.09; p = 0.37), although total mortality was significantly increased (hazard ratio: 2.04; 95% confidence interval: 1.10 to 3.78; p = 0.02).
Conclusions: In MADIT-II-indicated ICD-treated patients, the risk of VTE does not differ according to MTWA classification, despite differences in total mortality. (MASTER I-Microvolt T Wave Alternans Testing for Risk Stratification of Post MI Patients; NCT00305240).
Journal of the American College of Cardiology · cohort or longitudinal · 134 citationsread the source →
Heterogeneity of phenotypes in severe asthmatics. The Belgian Severe Asthma Registry (BSAR).
Unlabelled: The Belgian severe asthma registry is a web-based registry encompassing demographic, clinical, functional and inflammatory data of severe asthmatics (SA), aiming at improving awareness, knowledge on its natural history and subphenotypes, and offering tools to optimize care of this asthma population.
Methods: The cross-sectional analyses of this registry included 350 SA as defined by the ATS (2000) from 9 Belgian centres, with at least one year follow up.
Results: Mean age was 55 ± 14 yrs. SA were more frequently female (57%) and atopic (70%). Late-onset asthma (≥40 yr) was observed in 31% of SA. Current smokers represented 12% while 31% were ex-smokers. In addition to high doses ICS + LABA, 65% of patients were receiving LTRA, 27% anti-IgE and 24% maintenance oral corticosteroids (8 mg (Interquartile range-IQR:4-8) methylprednisolone). Despite impaired airflow (median FEV1:67%; IQR: 52-81) only 65% had a post-bronchodilator FEV1/FVC ratio <70%. The median blood eosinophil count was 240/mm³. The median FENO was 26 ppb (IQR: 15-43) and 22% of SA had FENO ≥ 50 ppb. Induced sputum was successful in 86 patients. Eosinophilic asthma (sputum Eos ≥ 3%) was the predominant phenotype (55%) while neutrophilic (sputum Neu ≥ 76%) and paucigranulocytic asthma accounted for 22% and 17% respectively. Comorbidities included rhinitis and chronic rhinosinusitis (49%), nasal polyposis (19%), oesophageal reflux (36%), overweight and obesity (47%) and depression (19%). In addition, 8% had aspirin-induced asthma and 3% ABPA. Asthma was not well-controlled in 83% according to ACT < 20 and 77% with ACQ > 1.5.
Conclusion: In this cohort of patients with severe asthma, the majority displayed indices of persistent airflow limitation and eosinophilic inflammation despite high-dose corticosteroids, suggesting potential for eosinophil-targeted biotherapies.
Respiratory medicine · cohort or longitudinal · 199 citationsread the source →
The Loss of Control Over Eating Scale: development and psychometric evaluation.
Objective: This study describes the development, content validity, and convergent validity of the Loss of Control over Eating Scale (LOCES).
Method: An initial pool of 56 items covering 13 facets of loss-of-control eating was assembled by reviewing qualitative literature, clinical descriptions, and research on binge eating. Eating disorder experts (n = 34) and eating disorder clients (n = 22) rated each proposed item's clarity and relevance to the construct of loss-of-control eating, rated 13 facets for their relevance to the construct, and provided open-ended feedback about the items and facets. Based on the experts' and clients' quantitative and qualitative feedback, scale items were clarified, 28 items were added, and 10 were deleted. University students (n = 476; 70% female, mean age = 20.4 years) completed the resulting 74-item questionnaire, rating how often they had the experience identified in the item while eating in the last 4 weeks. They also completed the measures of eating disturbance, general distress, functional impairment, and general self-control.
Results: The resulting 24-item LOCES (Cronbach's α = .96) retained items with highest item-total correlations and coverage of the 12 construct facets that experts rated as important. The LOCES was significantly correlated with eating disturbances, general distress, functional impairment, and general self-control. Three subfactors were identified: behavioral, cognitive/dissociative, and positive/euphoric aspects of loss-of-control eating. A brief, seven-item version of the LOCES was developed and validated.
Discussion: A thorough process of development, content validation, and psychometric evaluation in multiple samples yielded the multifaceted LOCES and its brief form. These instruments may be useful in assessing loss-of-control eating in both clinical and nonclinical settings.
The International journal of eating disorders · cohort or longitudinal · 119 citationsread the source →
Hui D, Mori M, Watanabe SM, Caraceni A, Strasser F, Saarto T, Cherny N, Glare P, Kaasa S, Bruera E. (2016)MEDLINE-indexed journal, not yet read by usThe Lancet. Oncology · review Referral criteria for outpatient specialty palliative cancer care: an international consensus.
Although outpatient specialty palliative-care clinics improve outcomes, there is no consensus on who should be referred or the optimal timing for referral. In response to this issue, we did a Delphi study to develop consensus on a list of criteria for referral of patients with advanced cancer at secondary or tertiary care hospitals to outpatient palliative care. 60 international experts (26 from North America, 19 from Asia and Australia, and 11 from Europe) on palliative cancer care rated 39 needs-based criteria and 22 time-based criteria in three iterative rounds. Nearly all experts responded in each round. Consensus was defined by an a-priori agreement of 70% or more. Panellists reached consensus on 11 major criteria for referral: severe physical symptoms, severe emotional symptoms, request for hastened death, spiritual or existential crisis, assistance with decision making or care planning, patient request for referral, delirium, spinal cord compression, brain or leptomeningeal metastases, within 3 months of advanced cancer diagnosis for patients with median survival of 1 year or less, and progressive disease despite second-line therapy. Consensus was also reached on 36 minor criteria for specialist palliative-care referral. These criteria, if validated, could provide guidance for identification of patients suitable for outpatient specialty palliative care.
The Lancet. Oncology · review · 175 citationsread the source →
Efficacy and safety of supplemental melatonin for delayed sleep-wake phase disorder in children: an overview.
Delayed sleep-wake phase disorder (DSPD) is the most frequently occurring intrinsic circadian rhythm sleep-wake disorder, with the highest prevalence in adolescence. Melatonin is the first-choice drug treatment. However, to date melatonin (in a controlled-release formulation) is only authorised for the treatment of insomnia in children with autism or Smiths-Magenis syndrome. Concerns have been raised with respect to the safety and efficacy of melatonin for more general use in children, as melatonin has not undergone the formal safety testing required for a new drug, especially long-term safety in children. Melatonin is known to have profound effects on the reproductive systems of rodents, sheep and primates, as well as effects on the cardiovascular, immune and metabolic systems. The objective of the present article was therefore to establish the efficacy and safety of exogenous melatonin for use in children with DSPD, based on in vitro, animal model and clinical studies by reviewing the relevant literature in the Medline database using PubMed. Acute toxicity studies in rats and mice showed toxic effects only at extremely high melatonin doses (>400 mg/kg), some tens of thousands of times more than the recommended dose of 3-6 mg in a person weighing 70 kg. Longer-term administration of melatonin improved the general health and survival of ageing rats or mice. A full range of in vitro/in vivo genotoxicity tests consistently found no evidence that melatonin is genotoxic. Similarly long term administration of melatonin in rats or mice did not have carcinogenic effects, or negative effects on cardiovascular, endocrine and reproductive systems. With regard to clinical studies, in 19 randomised controlled trials comprising 841 children and adolescents with DSPD, melatonin treatment (usually of 4 weeks duration) consistently improved sleep latency by 22-60 min, without any serious adverse effects. Similarly, 17 randomised controlled trials, comprising 1374 children and adolescents, supplementing melatonin for indications other than DSPD, reported no relevant adverse effects. In addition, 4 long-term safety studies (1.0-10.8 yr) supplementing exogenous melatonin found no substantial deviation of the development of children with respect to sleep quality, puberty development and mental health scores. Finally, post-marketing data for an immediate-release melatonin formulation (Bio-melatonin), used in the UK since 2008 as an unlicensed medicine for sleep disturbance in children, recorded no adverse events to date on sales of approximately 600,000 packs, equivalent to some 35 million individual 3 mg tablet doses (MHRA yellow card adverse event recording scheme). In conclusion, evidence has been provided that melatonin is an efficacious and safe chronobiotic drug for the treatment of DSPD in children, provided that it is administered at the correct time (3-5 h before endogenous melatonin starts to rise in dim light (DLMO)), and in the correct (minimal effective) dose. As the status of circadian rhythmicity may change during long-time treatment, it is recommended to stop melatonin treatment at least once a year (preferably during the summer holidays).
Sleep medicine: X · review · 23 citationsread the source →
The Impact of Perceived Stress and Coping Adequacy on the Health of Nurses: A Pilot Investigation.
Stress and coping abilities influence the health and work performance of nurses. However, little is known about the combined influence of stress perception and perceived coping adequacy and its impact on the health of nurses. This study examined the relationship between stress, coping, and the combined influences of perceived stress and coping abilities on health and work performance. A valid and reliable questionnaire was completed by 120 nurses in a Midwestern hospital in the USA. In general, the nurses were not healthy: 92% had moderate-to-very high stress levels; 78% slept less than 8 hours of sleep per night; 69% did not exercise regularly; 63% consumed less than 5 servings of fruits and vegetables per day; and 22% were classified as binge drinkers. When confronted with workplace stress, 70% of nurses reported that they consumed more junk food and 63% reported that they consumed more food than usual as a way of coping. Nurses in the "high stress/poor coping" group had the poorest health outcomes and highest health risk behaviors compared to those in other groups. The combined variables of perceived stress and perceived coping adequacy influenced the health of nurses. Therefore, worksite health promotion programs for nurses should focus equally on stress reduction, stress management, and the development of healthy coping skills.
Nursing research and practice · 70 citationsread the source →
Developmental Coordination Disorder
For the last 100 years, poor motor coordination in children has been recognized as a developmental problem.1 As early as 1937, these children were classified as “clumsy.”1 Since then, other terms such as “motorically awkward,” “motor impaired,” and “physically awkward” have been used to describe these children, and the terms “developmental apraxia” and “perceptual motor difficulties” have been used to characterize this developmental problem.2,3 Since the 1994 International Consensus Conference on Children and Clumsiness, the term “developmental coordination disorder” (DCD) has been used to describe the condition of children with motor incoordination.1,4 The purpose of this article is to provide the following information about DCD: (1) definition, (2) prevalence, (3) etiology, (4) discussion regarding the difficulties in classifying these children, (5) common characteristics, (6) long-term prognosis, and (7) brief review of treatment approaches. Developmental coordination disorder, a chronic and usually permanent condition found in children, is characterized by motor impairment that interferes with the child's activities of daily living and academic achievement.3,5 In order for a child to be diagnosed with DCD, these motor impairments must negatively affect some other aspect of his or her life.6 Impairment alone, however, does not qualify a child for the diagnosis of DCD; the motor impairment must not be caused by or have the symptoms of an identifiable neurological problem.2,5 That is, the child must not have any disturbances of muscle tone (ataxia or spasticity), sensory loss, or involuntary movements. If mental retardation is present, the testable IQ of the child must be greater than 70 and the motor impairments must be greater than what would normally be expected for children with mental retardation.5 Finally, a child diagnosed with DCD must not meet the criteria for a diagnosis of pervasive developmental disorder.6 Developmental coordination disorder appears to be a fairly common disorder of childhood and is usually identified in children between 6 and 12 years of age. Ten years ago, researchers7,8 estimated that DCD occurred in 10% to 19% of school-aged children. With a more precise definition of DCD, the current prevalence is estimated to be between 5% and 8% of all school-aged children,5,9–11 with more boys than girls (2:1) being diagnosed with DCD.12 This difference may reflect higher referral rates for boys, because the behavior of boys with motor incoordination may be more difficult to manage at home and in the classroom.8 In addition, a higher incidence of DCD may be found among children with a history of prenatal or perinatal difficulties.3 Due to the heterogeneity of DCD, finding its cause has been difficult.3 Several theories speculate that the etiology of DCD is part of the continuum of cerebral palsy5,13; is secondary to prenatal, perinatal, or neonatal insult3; or is secondary to neuronal damage at the cellular level in the neurotransmitter or receptor systems.14 Hadders-Algra14 based her view that DCD is a result of damage at the cellular level on evidence that cerebral palsy is often caused by prenatal damage that cannot be identified by current diagnostic techniques. Developmental coordination disorder, a chronic and usually permanent condition found in children, is characterized by motor impairment that interferes with the child’s activities of daily living. Although both standard and nonstandard functional tests are available to identify the specific disabilities experienced by a child with DCD, relating the observed disabilities to the primary impairment(s) or any possible neuropathology is not easily accomplished. The problems experienced by children with DCD are believed to emanate from abnormalities in neurotransmitter or receptor systems rather than from damage to specific groups of neurons or brain regions.15 Children's difficulties with coordination can result from a combination of one or more impairments in proprioception, motor programming, timing, or sequencing of muscle activity. A number of theories have evolved in an attempt to shed light on the specific neuronal processing deficits that contribute to DCD. Current models used to explain the neural regulation of posture and movement during development can serve as a basis for the examination and management of individuals with DCD. Using these models, many of the deficits of motor control observed in these children can be described. A variety of theoretical models exist to explain the role of the nervous system in motor development. Forty years ago, the primitive reflex model was a generally accepted theory used to explain how the brain regulates early motor behavior.16 As development proceeded, the higher centers exerted increasing control over the lower reflexes.16 These earlier models were based on a hierarchy of motor control in which higher centers were capable of planning and executing a motor plan without external or internal feedback from lower centers of the central nervous system (CNS). The more recently proposed systems model suggests a more complex interaction among various levels of the CNS. In the systems model, sensory feedback is interpreted by the CNS, and the appropriate movement strategy is selected based on current experience, the state of the internal and external environment, and memory of similar movements. Edelman's neuronal group selection theory includes aspects of both of these models and proposes that functional groups of neurons exist at all levels of the CNS.17 These neuronal groups are determined by evolution, but their functional integrity is dependent on afferent information produced by movement and experience.17 In this regard, these genetically determined collections of interconnected neurons (neuronal groups) in both cortical and subcortical structures serve as an early repertoire for motor behavior or receipt of specific sensory information.14,17,18 According to neuronal group selection theory, motor development proceeds in 2 phases.15 The first, the phase of primary variability, is characterized by crude and erratic motor activity that does not require sensory information for its initiation or guidance. These self-generated movements give rise to afferent (visual, kinesthetic) inputs that reinforce more specific synaptic connections within each group. An intermediate period in which effective patterns are selected is followed by the secondary variability phase. In this phase, sensory and motor factors interact to establish the intercellular connections that produce the specific and complex muscle contraction patterns that characterize coordinated, goal-directed movement. Reciprocal connections between groups subserving movements in various body parts and representing different parts of visual space are reinforced with each repetition of a particular function. As the more efficient movement patterns are practiced, the appropriate synaptic circuits are reinforced and subsequently established.14,17,19,20 The literature includes a wide variation in terminology and criteria to describe DCD. This variation has made studying the causes of DCD and developing treatment approaches for the child with DCD difficult. In their analysis of clinical trial data, Macnab et al21 identified 5 different subtype profiles of DCD. The first subtype included children with better gross motor than fine motor skills, although both were still below normal while standing balance and visual-perceptual skills were both within normal ranges. Compared with children of the same age with DCD, children in the second subtype scored high on measures of upper-limb speed and dexterity, visuomotor integration, and visual-perception skills, but they demonstrated poor performance on measures of kinesthetic ability (accuracy in discriminating movement and position of the upper limbs) and balance. Children in subtype 3 demonstrated the greatest overall motor involvement and were the only subtype to have difficulty with both kinesthetic and visual skills. Compared with their peers with DCD, children in subtype 4 performed well on kinesthetic tasks but demonstrated poor performance on tasks requiring visual and dexterity skills. Children in subtype 5 demonstrated poor performance on measurements of running speed and agility compared with their peers with DCD; however, they performed well relative to their peers with DCD in the tasks involving visual-perception skills. The development of different classification systems for DCD may have been influenced by the design of motor tests.21 For example, items testing one motor skill may be influenced by a related motor skill (eg, ball-throwing skills cannot be separated from visuomotor skills). In addition, a test may have an over-representation of one skill that could unduly influence the child's performance on the test. For example, having a greater number of items testing gross motor rather than fine motor skills could either positively or negatively influence a child's score, depending on the child's specific strengths and weaknesses. Another difficulty in interpreting the literature on DCD is the lack of inclusion criteria. Geuze et al22 reviewed 164 publications on the study of DCD and found that only 60% of the studies had objective inclusion criteria. Because of this lack of inclusion criteria, Geuze et al recommended that a child scoring below the 15th percentile on standardized tests of motor skills and having an IQ score above 69 would qualify for a diagnosis of DCD. The inconsistency among standardized motor tests used to identify children with DCD is another problem. In one study,5 the Bruininks-Oseretsky Test of Motor Proficiency (BOTMP) and the Movement Assessment Battery for Children (M-ABC) were administered to 157 children with DCD and 155 children with no motor difficulties; the test results were in agreement 82% (kappa=.62) of the time in distinguishing children who had DCD from children who did not have DCD. This is considered a substantial level of agreement.23 In a study of 202 children (101 with DCD and 101 without DCD), the BOTMP and M-ABC agreed only 67% of the time (kappa=.41), which was considered a moderate level of agreement.24 Because the BOTMP and the M-ABC are 2 of the most commonly used tests for identifying children with DCD, the potential lack of agreement by these tests in identifying children who have DCD is a concern. Two primary factors may explain the difference in outcomes between the BOTMP and M-ABC when used to identify children with DCD.24 First, the BOTMP allows the tester to verbally prompt and correct the child during the testing procedure, allowing the child who is dependent on more external controls to do better on the BOTMP. The BOTMP tends to under-identify children with DCD. Second, the M-ABC requires more careful instruction on the part of the examiner and allows more opportunities for the examinee to practice, but does not allow any verbal or physical prompting by the examiner. Children with attention problems may have more difficulty with the careful instructions for the M-ABC. Another difficulty in classifying children with DCD is the overlap with other disorders. Approximately 41% of children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and 56% of children with learning disabilities also have DCD.5,21 Further confusing the classification scheme is that the terms “developmental coordination disorder,” for which no identifiable organic brain damage is present, and “apraxia,” which is caused by identifiable brain damage, have been used interchangeably.3 Children with DCD may have a wide range of dysfunctions. These dysfunctions can be grouped into 3 areas: gross motor, fine motor, and psychosocial. Many children with DCD have neurological soft signs such as hypotonia, persistence of primitive reflexes, and immature balance reactions that interfere with gross motor development.5,25 These children also may demonstrate an awkward running pattern, fall frequently, drop items, and have difficulty imitating body positions and following 2- to 3-step motor commands.8 Because of their gross motor problems, children with DCD also perform poorly in sporting events,2 possibly due, in part, to their slow reaction and movement times.7 Their decreased participation in sports may result in decreased muscle force.8 Difficulty with handwriting or drawing often is the first identifiable sign of a fine motor problem and is the most frequently mentioned motor problem experienced by children with DCD. Children with DCD frequently have difficulty planning and executing other fine motor skills such as gripping and dressing.26–29 Unfortunately, children with DCD may experience problems not limited to fine or gross motor areas. These children also may experience psychosocial problems at school. Children with DCD may have learning disabilities or reading problems and may be at increased risk for lower intelligence.5,8 They may act out in class more than other children,13 may be the class clown, and may exhibit less socially desirable means of gaining recognition and friends.8 Adolescents with DCD have been found to have fewer friends, and they have more feelings of low self-worth and more anxiety than peers without DCD and younger children with DCD.30 Historically, parents have been told not to worry about their child's clumsiness because the child will outgrow the problem.31 However, current researchers in the area of DCD report that the children do not outgrow clumsiness and that, without intervention, they will not improve.1,8,12,27,31 Losse et al31 tested 17 children aged 6 years and retested them at age 16 years. The children with motor difficulties at 6 years of age continued to exhibit problems at 16 years of age. In another study,32 818 children with DCD were tested for reading comprehension at age 7 years and then again at age 10 years. A positive correlation in poor reading comprehension existed for children with DCD at 7 and 10 years of age. A follow-up study was conducted on 22-year-old individuals (N=55) who at age 7 years had either DCD or attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), or both.33 The children with DCD and those with both DCD and ADHD had poorer outcomes than their similarly aged peers without DCD and children with ADHD only. The children with DCD and those with both DCD and ADHD were found to have had more criminal offenses, more incidences of substance abuse and other psychiatric disorders, and lower levels of schooling. Treatment approaches used by occupational therapists and physical therapists can be broadly categorized into either bottom-up or top-down approaches (Tab. 1).10,12,34–36 Bottom-up approaches are based on hierarchical theories of motor control. These theories tend to explain the remediation of motor dysfunction through activation of higher levels of neuronal functioning in a child. The bottom-up approaches frequently used in managing children with DCD are sensory integration, the process-oriented treatment approach, and perceptual motor training.34 Summary of Bottom-Up Versus Top-Down Approaches Summary of Bottom-Up Versus Top-Down Approaches In sensory integration therapy, the child is provided sensory stimulation designed to promote motor development and higher cortical learning. A child undergoing sensory integration therapy may show some gains in motor development, but these gains often do not generalize to functional skills.34 Kinesthesia (the perception of one's own body parts, weight, and movement) is integral to the acquisition of motor skills in process-oriented treatment approaches. Therapeutic intervention with process-oriented treatment is based on specifically designed kinesthetic training activities. As described by Laszlo and Bairstow,37 this approach has an inherent reward system built into it through its use of positive reinforcement, presentation of desirable activities within the capabilities of the child, and judicious progression of the level of difficulty. The usefulness of the process-oriented treatment approach has been the subject of considerable study.9,10,37,38 Sims and colleagues35 suggested that much of the success of this approach can be attributed to a strong motivation effect, fostered by positive feedback and a sense of self-competence. Perceptual motor training, an eclectic approach, offers the child with DCD a wide range of motor experiences along with ample opportunities to practice these skills. Often, in outcome studies, children who receive perceptual motor training are compared with children who receive either sensory integration therapy or process-oriented treatment. Children perceptual motor training have been found to demonstrate motor to or greater than those of children either sensory integration therapy or process-oriented perceptual motor training, process-oriented may promote learning through positive feedback and reinforcement, these do not and to the that top-down approaches approaches use a approach to motor skill development and have been influenced by the systems approach to motor learning and control. This approach suggests that motor skills from an interaction of many both internal and external to the approaches also the in which motor behavior intervention and approaches or are the 2 most commonly intervention on of a The theoretical for intervention in a child's motor performance is the result of learning on a specific Motor tasks are into with each and then to the Children with this approach have demonstrated gains in motor skills.34 approaches to motor development problem The approach strategy the to to the and perform the well did plan The child verbal to the to motor learning. In this approach, the as a by the child out how to his or her motor performance on various motor intervention, the results of studies of approaches are In one 10 children with DCD who were with a approach to motor development were compared with 10 children who were with a bottom-up The children were for and groups on various standardized motor tests 10 treatment However, children in the approach group motor skill and to better than children who were the bottom-up and the approach both provide repetition and practice of specific motor skills, and the approach has the of problem The greater success of top-down when compared with bottom-up be a result of the top-down inclusion of both and motor learning with for attention to and memory as the child in activities. The results of these studies, in to outcome measures of the different approaches in children with DCD, would that approaches that systems theory on sensory information being only part of the and motor learning theory be most effective for these 2 a brief of clinical the of various treatment approaches used with children with of Treatment Approaches for Children With Developmental approach to daily occupational performance treatment approach treatment group integration, perceptual motor, gross and fine motor integration Assessment Battery for Test of Motor Test of for of Motor and of of Treatment Approaches for Children With Developmental approach to daily occupational performance treatment approach treatment group integration, perceptual motor, gross and fine motor integration Assessment Battery for Test of Motor Test of for of Motor and of The neuronal group selection theory can provide a for interpreting the in outcomes among the various approaches. children with moderate to cerebral palsy have a limited repertoire of primary neuronal which children with DCD are believed to experience difficulty at the level of secondary variability, that is, in and the most efficient and effective for a normal development, experience a primary role in the neuronal group selection that the for and According to the neuronal group selection theory, this of motor skill during the of secondary variability as a result of of neuronal selection of specific neurons within each repetition of synaptic within and among neuronal and sensory synaptic which act in and cortical and subcortical and following to a variety of motor of these connections is dependent on sensory Bottom-up approaches such as sensory integration, process-oriented and perceptual motor training sensory experience, with less on processing and motor Although an intervention based on information processing may provide the experience to the most effective neuronal bottom-up approaches may not provide for motor practice of and goal-directed tasks in order to reinforce and establish these approaches less on the specific impairments to decreased coordination and more on the of that is, the among a number of structures and systems and the within which the is Treatment based on a top-down approach that provide the child the to in problem while afferent subcortical structures the feedback and to identify and the most efficient movement for the Because integration, internal of motor and appropriate motor at the level of secondary the on sensory rather than factors by the bottom-up approaches in part, be for the observed in outcomes following treatment. A number of motor learning theories have been proposed in an attempt to explain the through which are into more complex According to the motor control and learning theory proposed by and motor circuits that the and following long-term these and functioning neuronal circuits through practice, the child is to motor into more complex movements. and proposed 2 to such the first of which on sensory to neuronal is during the second that the to the specific motor tasks through the and involving the and in the first of learning requires attention and The motor then in the of learning through repetition and top-down approaches meet both of these bottom-up approaches information processing only. the and of the neural in children with DCD is a not Motor control are complex and on functioning of and motor only are children with DCD a group in terms of functional disabilities the specific of the problems observed can from one child to the Because of these an approach to the management of children with DCD is Developmental coordination disorder is a complex disorder 5% to of school-aged children. intervention, these children will to exhibit poor motor skills and show deficits in other as for may (1) the most appropriate level of intervention (2) which produce results that generalize to the and provide long-term in motor (3) what have on the child's motor and (4) motor skills to the that to the
Physical Therapy · review · 472 citationsread the source →
The Management of Preoperative Anxiety in Children: An Update
Anxiety in children undergoing surgery is characterized by subjective feelings of tension, apprehension, nervousness, and worry that may be expressed in various forms (1). Postoperative maladaptive behaviors, such as new onset enuresis, feeding difficulties, apathy and withdrawal, and sleep disturbances, may also result from anxiety before surgery. In fact, studies have indicated that up to 60% of all children undergoing surgery may present with negative behavioral changes at 2 wk postoperatively (1,2). Variables such as age, temperament, and anxiety of the child and parent in the preoperative holding area have been identified as predictors for these behavioral changes (1). Extreme anxiety during induction of anesthesia is also associated with an increase of these postoperative negative behavioral changes (3). In addition to behavioral manifestations, preoperative anxiety activates the human stress response, leading to increased serum cortisol, epinephrine, and natural killer cell activity (4,5). This stress response can be activated by many different noxious stimuli including fear, anxiety, pain, cold, major surgery, and infection. The main components of the stress system are the corticotropin-releasing hormone and the locus ceruleus-norepinephrine/autonomic systems and their peripheral effectors, the hypothalamic pituitary-adrenal axis and the limbs of the autonomic system (5). There is also evidence for a bidirectional communication between the neuroendocrine system and the immune system. Stress activates the hypothalamic pituitary-adrenal axis, increases circulating glucocorticoids, and is associated with alterations of immune function and susceptibility to infection and neoplastic disease (6). The human response to surgical stress is characterized by a series of hormonal, immunological, and metabolic changes that together constitute the global surgical stress response (7,8). This perioperative response is considered a homeostatic mechanism for adapting to the perioperative injury. The effects of the surgical stress response, however, may be detrimental: neuroendocrine hormones (e.g., cortisol, catecholamines) and cytokines (e.g., interleukin-6) provoke a negative nitrogen balance and catabolism, delay wound healing, and cause postoperative immunosuppression (7,8). Children are particularly vulnerable to the global surgical stress response because of limited energy reserves, larger brain masses, and obligatory glucose requirements (9). Because acute psychological stress, such as preoperative anxiety, is associated with immediate stress hormone release, the contribution of perioperative psychological factors to the global perioperative stress response cannot be ignored. In adults, increased preoperative anxiety is associated with poor postoperative behavioral and clinical recovery (10,11). As an indicator of the importance of preoperative anxiety, a panel of 72 anesthesiologists recently ranked various anesthesia low-morbidity clinical outcomes based on importance and frequency. The five clinical outcomes with the highest combined score were incisional pain, nausea, vomiting, preoperative anxiety, and discomfort from IV insertion (12). Thus, consensus is evident among anesthesiologists about the need to treat anxiety before surgery. In a modern epidemiological framework, diseases can be characterized in terms of risk factors, interventions, and outcomes. In this update, we will review preoperative anxiety in children using this conceptual framework (Fig. 1).Figure 1: Conceptual framework of perioperative anxiety. Revised from (72).The Psychobiology of Separation Learning to cope with separation from a parent is necessary for a child’s normal development (13). Separation experiences such as going to school facilitate normal psychological development and personality organization. Other separation experiences, such as perioperative separation, may precipitate confusion and anxiety. Between these two extremes, there are many separation experiences with varying degrees of psychobiological stress. In the first weeks of life, infants are able to discriminate among people, but will accept care and comfort from adults other than their parents (14). By 3 mo of age, however, infants begin to respond differently to familiar and unfamiliar people. Older infants smile more at familiar people and may even try to engage their attention (14). Separation anxiety usually begins at 7–8 mo of age and peaks around 1 yr of age. In part, separation anxiety represents the infant’s acquisition of new cognitive abilities and object permanence. The intensity of separation anxiety declines with age, largely because of increasing cognitive abilities and memory capacity. Frequently, however, the increase in abilities does not immunize toddlers and preschoolers against the stress and distress of separations. The extent to which separation is traumatic or evokes adaptive responses reflects an individual child’s developmental age, parenting experiences, genetic endowment, and environmental stability. For children with biologically based vulnerabilities, such as a sensitivity to novelty and transitions, even expected separations may impose a greater degree of stress than for less sensitive children (13). How parents help the child mediate a separation experience play a crucial role in the child’s acute and long-term responses. In the extreme, the parent may be unable to mediate the experience for the child because of limitations such as severe anxiety. How well children have been cared for up to the time of the separation also influences their response to the stressor. Children deprived of attention in the home are at increased risk for stress in response to separations. Thus, the extent to which separations evoke adaptive responses reflects an individual child’s genetics, personality, parenting, and previous life experiences. Preoperative Anxiety: Identification Identifying risk factors for development of preoperative anxiety is important, as more resources can be directed toward vulnerable children. Children 1–5 yr old are at the highest risk for developing extreme anxiety (1). This is not surprising considering the psychobiology of separation anxiety. Children who are shy or inhibited and those who have a high intelligence quotient and lack good adaptive abilities are also at increased risk (15). Previous surgery or hospitalization and poor response to visits to the pediatrician’s office are also predictors for the development of preoperative anxiety. Finally, parental anxiety has been identified as a predictor for increased child’s anxiety. Preoperative Anxiety: Behavioral Modalities Preoperative Preparation Programs Most studies suggest that preoperative preparation programs reduce anxiety and enhance coping in children (16). These behavioral preparation programs have evolved significantly over recent decades. In the 1960s, preparation programs were designed to provide an orientation tour and narrative information and facilitate trust between the hospital staff, the child, and the parent (16). In the 1970s, modeling techniques were developed where children indirectly experienced the perioperative course by role rehearsal using dolls or by viewing a video (17). These modeling techniques were augmented in the late 1980s with child life preparation and the teaching of coping skills (17). Currently, development of coping skills is considered the most effective preoperative preparation intervention, followed by modeling, play therapy, operating room tour, and printed material (18). Although experts favor teaching of coping skills, most preparation programs in the United States consist of an orientation tour and printed information (18). Although coping preparation has been associated with reduction of anxiety in the preoperative holding area, no differences were found among the various preparation programs during induction, in the recovery room period, or postoperatively (19). Thus, the cost-effectiveness of child life specialists may or may not be justified by an associated reduction in preoperative anxiety. Psychological preparation programs should be tailored to individual needs such as age, developmental stage, and previous experience (20). The priority of the age criterion relates to both the anxiety such exposure might generate and the length of time over which children can cope with anticipation. In addition, timing of the program before surgery is an important variable (20). Children aged ≥6 yr benefit most if they participate in a preparation program ≥5 days before surgery and benefit least if the program is given only 1 day before surgery. This phenomenon is related to the way that children in this age group process new information. Finally, a child who has previously undergone surgery or has been hospitalized may develop an exaggerated emotional response to an information-based preparation program (20). As increased parental anxiety results in increased child’s anxiety (1), there is a need for interventions that are designed specifically for parents. Cassady et al. (21) demonstrated that parental preoperative anxiety decreased after viewing an educational videotape. We suggest that more parental interventions need to be developed and that a child’s anxiety should be evaluated as an outcome. Preoperative Anxiety: Behavioral Modalities Parental Presence during Induction of Anesthesia. Parents and children prefer to stay together during medical procedures such as immunizations, dental treatment, and induction of anesthesia (22). Some data indicate, however, that parental presence during induction of anesthesia (PPIA) is allowed in 26% of US hospitals and is encouraged in only 8% of hospitals (23). In contrast, 28% of hospitals have no formal hospital policy and parental presence is against hospital policy for 32% of hospitals in the US. The smallest use of this induction technique was reported in the South-Central region and the highest in the Northwest and the Northeast (23). Interestingly, anesthesiologists from Great Britain (GB) encourage PPIA significantly more than anesthesiologists from the US (23,24). The reasons for these differences may include the use of different induction techniques, less concern about legal ramifications in GB, and a stronger demand for parental presence in GB. Economic issues such as operating room (OR) efficiency, infrastructure issues, lack of induction rooms and patchy preoperative educational programs, probably limit the availability of PPIA in the US. Potential benefits from PPIA include reducing the need for preoperative sedatives and avoiding the fear and anxiety that may occur on separation to the OR. Other benefits, such as increasing the child’s compliance during induction, remain controversial. Objections to PPIA include concern about disruption of the OR routine, crowded ORs, and a possible adverse reaction of parents. In addition, increased parental anxiety can increase a child’s anxiety, prolong anesthetic induction, and place additional stress on the anesthesiologist. Although early observational studies suggested reduced anxiety if parents were present during induction (25), more recent randomized controlled trials indicate that routine parental presence is not beneficial (26–28). One study demonstrated that only children >4 yr of age, those who have a “calm” baseline personality, or those who have a parent with a “calm” baseline personality benefit from this intervention (26). When interpreting the results of these studies, however, it should be noted that the design of a randomized controlled study does not reflect the practice of all anesthesiologists. When data of survey studies are reviewed (23,24), it is noticed that most anesthesiologists use either PPIA or sedative premedication to treat preoperative anxiety. When sedative premedications were directly compared with PPIA, however, it was found that children receiving oral midazolam were significantly less anxious and more compliant during the induction process (27). A recent study examined whether a combination of PPIA and oral midazolam is more effective than oral midazolam alone (28). The investigators found that PPIA has no additive anxiolytic effects for children who received oral midazolam preoperatively. Parents who accompany their sedated children into the ORs, however, are significantly less anxious and more satisfied both with the separation process and with the overall anesthetic, nursing and surgical care provided (28). PPIA is also associated with important legal implications. Lewyn (29) described a case in which a mother was invited to accompany her son into an emergency treatment room. According to the court, the mother fainted and suffered an injury to the head. In its verdict the Illinois Supreme Court stated that a hospital, which allows a nonpatient to accompany a patient during treatment, does not have a duty to protect the nonpatient from fainting. However, if medical personnel invite the nonpatient to participate in the treatment, then the hospital has a legal responsibility toward the nonpatient. Interestingly, some hospitals in the US now require the parents to sign a written informed consent acknowledging the risk of being present during induction of anesthesia. We believe that future research interests should shift towards an emphasis on what parents actually do during induction of anesthesia, rather than simply on their presence. Allowing a parent into an OR without significant preparation may be counterproductive because some parent behaviors, such as criticism and commands, are associated with increased distress. Effective methods of training such as parental preparation programs can be developed for enhancing the effects of PPIA. Preoperative Anxiety: Pharmacological Modalities The reported rate of use of pharmacological modalities for the treatment of preoperative anxiety in the US varies widely among age groups and geographical locations (24). Premedicant sedative drugs are least often used with children <3 yr of age and most often used with adults <65 yr of age (25% vs 75%). Currently, the most commonly used sedative premedicant in the preoperative holding area is midazolam (85%), followed by ketamine (4%), transmucosal fentanyl (3%), and meperidine (2%) (Fig. 2). TABLETABLE The majority of children in the US are premedicated via the oral route (80%), followed by the intranasal route (8%), the IM route (6%), and the rectal route (3%).Figure 2: Types of premedicants used in the preoperative holding area (23).Table 1: Premedications Administered by the Oral RouteTable 2: Premedications Administered Transmucosally and RectallyMidazolam. Midazolam is a short-acting benzodiazepine that is very lipophilic at physiologic pH, which accounts for its rapid onset of action. Davis et al. (30) has demonstrated that intranasally administered midazolam in a dosage of 0.2–0.3 mg/kg in patients undergoing myringotomies led to satisfactory separation from parents and a satisfactory induction over 70% of the time and did not prolong recovery time and hospital discharge time. Midazolam administered intranasally is effective in reducing anxiety in children within 10–12 min (31). A major drawback of intranasally administered midazolam, however, is that at least 50% of children cry on administration because it transiently irritates the nasal passages. Midazolam can also be given as a nasal spray, which is effective in reducing procedural anxiety in children undergoing cancer therapy (32). Midazolam can be administrated sublingually at the same dosage as intranasally. Although sublingual administration of midazolam is associated with a decreased incidence of crying (18%), it may be difficult to prevent small children from either swallowing the midazolam or spitting it out immediately (33). Rectal administration of midazolam in doses of 0.5–1.0 mg/kg effectively reduces the anxiety of children before induction of anesthesia (34). Although the incidence of hiccups after IV midazolam is <2%, the incidence noted that in a recent study involving rectally administered midazolam was more than 20%(34). The investigators had no explanation as to the increased rate of hiccups other than the young age of the children, but they found that the hiccups were easily treated by ethyl chloride nasal spray (34). Orally administered midazolam (0.5 mg/kg) has been shown to significantly reduce preoperative anxiety in young children (27,28). Orally administered midazolam can be given in a dosage of 0.25 mg to 1.0 mg/kg up to total dose of 20 mg depending on the of surgery and the anxiety of the A and and midazolam in a of 2 in et al. examined different doses of the midazolam and found that 0.25 mg/kg in satisfactory and in a majority of patients within 20 This study also found that increasing the dose in an increase in the of patients with satisfactory and a time to onset of Other that the time for premedicated children from their parents is min with a sedative between 20 and min The of administered midazolam and in the discharge of patients is controversial. Although recent studies noted that administrated midazolam is not associated with a discharge two studies involving children undergoing that and recovery are in the children who oral midazolam study involving children who myringotomies using or anesthesia indicated that children who were given oral midazolam experienced significant in recovery time but no in discharge time from the hospital Finally, et al. have the of a combination of preoperative oral midazolam and The investigators found that requirements by and discharge was in children who had been given midazolam preoperatively. The investigators suggested that the increased postoperative may have been to of and midazolam on As indicated a significant of children experiences maladaptive behavioral changes after surgery (1). In children who were premedicated with oral midazolam had a significantly decreased incidence of negative behavioral changes during the first after surgery However, this study noted that by 2 wk postoperatively there were no significant differences between the midazolam and The mechanism by which midazolam the incidence of postoperative behavioral changes is not but it may be related to of the perioperative process Children who received a benzodiazepine for dental and were about the experience dental than children who were not about their dental This may be particularly important for children undergoing surgical in children after oral midazolam as early as min and anxiolytic effects are as early as min after administration This timing to onset of is of importance in surgery where the of is very Midazolam and can be with which The dose in children is mg/kg given IV in a of up to 1.0 mg Some children who are with will experience it is to for can also be intranasally in a dose of given by from a is a that is very which the a good for administration and Oral transmucosal fentanyl administered in the of a to a and as the was the first sedative by the and in for use in children. Oral transmucosal in and dosage is in a and given to children in the dosage of for sedative is often associated with which usually min after children begin to the children before induction of anesthesia does however, to decreased or with induction in young children In a small of can cause a leading to significant a in be present this is administered in children is associated with a incidence of postoperative and that is not easily by In fact, at least study was because of a very incidence of preoperative A significant of is that it the postoperative et al. reported that preoperative is as effective as IV fentanyl given for of postoperative in children undergoing is an that a of and from the of ketamine compared with other premedicants is that it less given in sedative doses A of ketamine as compared with other premedicants is the of increased and which can to can also cause and in children, which can parents if they are not informed about this increased incidence of postoperative is associated with preoperative administration of ketamine The effects are all dose related and can be with the use of a small dose of administered ketamine mg/kg) the time of onset of the of administered ketamine is also dose related with administered ketamine mg/kg) an onset of of min and ketamine leading to within 20 min administration may be associated with and during the postoperative recent studies have found that use of a benzodiazepine given to children undergoing ketamine did not the incidence of In addition, the incidence of postoperative and is no different in children receiving midazolam, or a combination of ketamine and midazolam together The IV preparation of ketamine can be with or to an oral of which is by most children. can be also be given intranasally rectally and IM mg/kg) care discharge time of children who received administered ketamine is reported not to be compared with administered midazolam provided that of surgery is than min administered IM in an emergency room however, was found to significantly delay discharge and increase compared with midazolam administered rectally or intranasally et al. reported that the combination of midazolam and ketamine administrated had a rate of satisfactory compared with with either oral was also found to be to IM and in children undergoing The provided and and there was less need for IV as compared with the IM is an first developed as an but found to have and sedative Orally administrated in a dose of anesthetic and for postoperative requirements by 50% in children premedicated with This in may be to the of as well as a administered is also as effective as administered fentanyl for postoperative in children undergoing The recovery of children who is to the recovery of children who oral but significantly less postoperative as compared with One major drawback for the use of as a sedative premedicant is its onset of action. has to be administered as early as min before surgery In children, is at min for administered and min for rectally administered for the research should on the development of sedatives that will be well have a very time for onset of and have of action. In addition, developed preoperative sedatives should such as and should anesthetic requirements and reduce postoperative Finally, new methods of sedative premedications should also be For of should be as well as oral transmucosal methods for other than usually at least 1 for effective serum of drugs to be is can significantly the of a and has been effective in fentanyl in adults within min at 2 Finally, the of treatment modalities such as should be research is in these The to for review of this
Anesthesia & Analgesia · review · 408 citationsread the source →
How Do Corticosteroids Work in Asthma?
Reviews2 September 2003How Do Corticosteroids Work in Asthma?Peter J. Barnes, DM, DSc and Ian M. Adcock, PhDPeter J. Barnes, DM, DScFrom National Heart and Lung Institute, Imperial College, London, United Kingdom. Search for more papers by this author and Ian M. Adcock, PhDFrom National Heart and Lung Institute, Imperial College, London, United Kingdom. Search for more papers by this authorAuthor, Article, and Disclosure Informationhttps://doi.org/10.7326/0003-4819-139-5_Part_1-200309020-00012 SectionsAboutFull TextPDF ToolsAdd to favoritesDownload CitationsTrack CitationsPermissions ShareFacebookTwitterLinkedInRedditEmail Clinical PrinciplesAsthma is the most common chronic disease in westernized countries. Patients with asthma have an underlying chronic inflammation of the airways characterized by activated mast cells, eosinophils, and T-helper 2 lymphocytes. This results in increased responsiveness of the airways to such triggers as exercise, allergens, and air pollutants. This chronic inflammation underlies the typical symptoms of asthma, which include intermittent wheezing, coughing, shortness of breath, and chest tightness. Corticosteroids are the most effective treatment for asthma, and inhaled corticosteroids have become first-line treatment for children and adults with persistent symptoms. Corticosteroids suppress the chronic airway inflammation in patients with asthma, and the molecular ...References1. Busse WW, Lemanske RF. Asthma. N Engl J Med. 2001;344:350-62. [PMID: 11172168] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar2. Barnes PJ, Chung KF, Page CP. Inflammatory mediators of asthma: an update. Pharmacol Rev. 1998;50:515-96. [PMID: 9860804] MedlineGoogle Scholar3. Barnes PJ, Adcock IM. Transcription factors and asthma. Eur Respir J. 1998;12:221-34. [PMID: 9701442] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar4. Hart LA, Krishnan VL, Adcock IM, Barnes PJ, Chung KF. Activation and localization of transcription factor, nuclear factor-B, in asthma. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 1998;158:1585-92. [PMID: 9817712] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar5. Barnes PJ, Karin M. Nuclear factor-B: a pivotal transcription factor in chronic inflammatory diseases. N Engl J Med. 1997;336:1066-71. [PMID: 9091804] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar6. Donovan CE, Mark DA, He HZ, Liou HC, Kobzik L, Wang Y, . NF-kappa B/Rel transcription factors: c-Rel promotes airway hyperresponsiveness and allergic pulmonary inflammation. J Immunol. 1999;163:6827-33. [PMID: 10586083] MedlineGoogle Scholar7. Ogryzko VV, Schiltz RL, Russanova V, Howard BH, Nakatani Y. The transcriptional coactivators p300 and CBP are histone acetyltransferases. Cell. 1996;87:953-9. [PMID: 8945521] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar8. Roth SY, Denu JM, Allis CD. Histone acetyltransferases. Annu Rev Biochem. 2001;70:81-120. [PMID: 11395403] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar9. Ito K, Barnes PJ, Adcock IM. Glucocorticoid receptor recruitment of histone deacetylase 2 inhibits interleukin-1-induced histone H4 acetylation on lysines 8 and 12. Mol Cell Biol. 2000;20:6891-903. [PMID: 10958685] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar10. Gao L, Cueto MA, Asselbergs F, Atadja P. Cloning and functional characterization of HDAC11, a novel member of the human histone deacetylase family. J Biol Chem. 2002;277:25748-55. [PMID: 11948178] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar11. Ito K, Caramori G, Lim S, Oates T, Chung KF, Barnes PJ, . Expression and activity of histone deacetylases in human asthmatic airways. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2002;166:392-6. [PMID: 12153977] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar12. Barnes PJ. Anti-inflammatory actions of glucocorticoids: molecular mechanisms [Editorial]. Clin Sci (Lond). 1998;94:557-72. [PMID: 9854452] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar13. Barnes PJ. Molecular mechanisms of corticosteroids in allergic diseases. Allergy. 2001;56:928-36. [PMID: 11576070] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar14. Schwiebert LM, Stellato C, Schleimer RP. The epithelium as a target of glucocorticoid action in the treatment of asthma. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 1996; 154:S16-9; discussion S19-20. [PMID: 8756782] Google Scholar15. Herrscher RF, Kasper C, Sullivan TJ. Endogenous cortisol regulates immunoglobulin E-dependent late phase reactions. J Clin Invest. 1992;90:596-603. [PMID: 1644926] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar16. Barnes PJ. Therapeutic strategies for allergic diseases. Nature. 1999;402:B31-8. [PMID: 10586893] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar17. Yudt MR, Cidlowski JA. The glucocorticoid receptor: coding a diversity of proteins and responses through a single gene. Mol Endocrinol. 2002;16:1719-26. [PMID: 12145329] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar18. Leung DY, Hamid Q, Vottero A, Szefler SJ, Surs W, Minshall E, . Association of glucocorticoid insensitivity with increased expression of glucocorticoid receptor . J Exp Med. 1997;186:1567-74. [PMID: 9348314] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar19. Hecht K, Carlstedt-Duke J, Stierna P, Gustaffson J, Bronnegard M, Wilkstrom AC. Evidence that the -isoform of the human glucocorticoid receptor does not act as a physiologically significant repressor. J Biol Chem. 1997;272:26659-64. [PMID: 9334248] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar20. Bodwell JE, Webster JC, Jewell CM, Cidlowski JA, Hu JM, Munck A. Glucocorticoid receptor phosphorylation: overview, function and cell cycle-dependence. J Steroid Biochem Mol Biol. 1998;65:91-9. [PMID: 9699861] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar21. Reichardt HM, Kaestner KH, Tuckermann J, Kretz O, Wessely O, Bock R, . DNA binding of the glucocorticoid receptor is not essential for survival. Cell. 1998;93:531-41. [PMID: 9604929] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar22. Ito K, Jazrawi E, Cosio B, Barnes PJ, Adcock IM. p65-activated histone acetyltransferase activity is repressed by glucocorticoids: mifepristone fails to recruit HDAC2 to the p65-HAT complex. J Biol Chem. 2001;276:30208-15. [PMID: 11395507] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar23. Yao TP, Ku G, Zhou N, Scully R, Livingston DM. The nuclear hormone receptor coactivator SRC-1 is a specific target of p300. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1996;93:10626-31. [PMID: 8855229] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar24. Kurihara I, Shibata H, Suzuki T, Ando T, Kobayashi S, Hayashi M, . Expression and regulation of nuclear receptor coactivators in glucocorticoid action. Mol Cell Endocrinol. 2002;189:181-9. [PMID: 12039076] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar25. Hall SE, Lim S, Witherden IR, Tetley TD, Barnes PJ, Kamal AM, . Lung type II cell and macrophage annexin I release: differential effects of two glucocorticoids. Am J Physiol. 1999;276:L114-21. [PMID: 9887063] MedlineGoogle Scholar26. Newton R, Hart LA, Stevens DA, Bergmann M, Donnelly LE, Adcock IM, . Effect of dexamethasone on interleukin-1beta-(IL-1)-induced nuclear factor-B (NF-B) and B-dependent transcription in epithelial cells. Eur J Biochem. 1998;254:81-9. [PMID: 9652398] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar27. Heck S, Bender K, Kullmann M, Gottlicher M, Herrlich P, Cato AC. IB-independent downregulation of NF-B activity by glucocorticoid receptor. EMBO J. 1997;16:4698-707. [PMID: 9303314] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar28. Reichardt HM, Tuckermann JP, Gottlicher M, Vujic M, Weih F, Angel P, . Repression of inflammatory responses in the absence of DNA binding by the glucocorticoid receptor. EMBO J. 2001;20:7168-73. [PMID: 11742993] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar29. Hart L, Lim S, Adcock I, Barnes PJ, Chung KF. Effects of inhaled corticosteroid therapy on expression and DNA-binding activity of nuclear factor B in asthma. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2000;161:224-31. [PMID: 10619824] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar30. Imhof A, Wolffe AP. Transcription: gene control by targeted histone acetylation. Curr Biol. 1998;8:R422-4. [PMID: 9637914] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar31. Peterson CL. HDAC's at work: everyone doing their part. Mol Cell. 2002;9:921-2. [PMID: 12049726] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar32. Berger SL. An embarrassment of niches: the many covalent modifications of histones in transcriptional regulation. Oncogene. 2001;20:3007-13. [PMID: 11420715] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar33. Bannister AJ, Schneider R, Kouzarides T. Histone methylation: dynamic or static? Cell. 2002;109:801-6. [PMID: 12110177] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar34. Kagoshima M, Wilcke T, Ito K, Tsaprouni L, Barnes PJ, Punchard N, . Glucocorticoid-mediated transrepression is regulated by histone acetylation and DNA methylation. Eur J Pharmacol. 2001;429:327-34. [PMID: 11698053] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar35. Jenuwein T, Allis CD. Translating the histone code. Science. 2001;293:1074-80. [PMID: 11498575] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar36. Bergmann M, Barnes PJ, Newton R. Molecular regulation of granulocyte macrophage colony-stimulating factor in human lung epithelial cells by interleukin (IL)-1, IL-4, and IL-13 involves both transcriptional and post-transcriptional mechanisms. Am J Respir Cell Mol Biol. 2000;22:582-9. [PMID: 10783130] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar37. Caelles C, Gonzalez-Sancho JM, Munoz A. Nuclear hormone receptor antagonism with AP-1 by inhibition of the JNK pathway. Genes Dev. 1997;11:3351-64. [PMID: 9407028] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar38. Vanden Berghe W, Vermeulen L, De Wilde G, De Bosscher K, Boone E, Haegeman G. Signal transduction by tumor necrosis factor and gene regulation of the inflammatory cytokine interleukin-6. Biochem Pharmacol. 2000;60:1185-95. [PMID: 11007957] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar39. Lasa M, Brook M, Saklatvala J, Clark AR. Dexamethasone destabilizes cyclooxygenase 2 mRNA by inhibiting mitogen-activated protein kinase p38. Mol Cell Biol. 2001;21:771-80. [PMID: 11154265] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar40. Lasa M, Abraham SM, Boucheron C, Saklatvala J, Clark AR. Dexamethasone causes sustained expression of mitogen-activated protein kinase (MAPK) phosphatase 1 and phosphatase-mediated inhibition of MAPK p38. Mol Cell Biol. 2002;22:7802-11. [PMID: 12391149] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar41. Barnes PJ. Scientific rationale for inhaled combination therapy with long-acting 2-agonists and corticosteroids. Eur Respir J. 2002;19:182-91. [PMID: 11843317] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar42. Adcock IM, Stevens DA, Barnes PJ. Interactions of glucocorticoids and 2-agonists. Eur Respir J. 1996;9:160-8. [PMID: 8834349] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar43. Mak JC, Nishikawa M, Shirasaki H, Miyayasu K, Barnes PJ. Protective effects of a glucocorticoid on downregulation of pulmonary 2-adrenergic receptors in vivo. J Clin Invest. 1995;96:99-106. [PMID: 7615841] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar44. Mak JC, Hisada T, Salmon M, Barnes PJ, Chung KF. Glucocorticoids reverse IL-1-induced impairment of -adrenoceptor-mediated relaxation and up-regulation of G-protein-coupled receptor kinases. Br J Pharmacol. 2002;135:987-96. [PMID: 11861327] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar45. Eickelberg O, Roth M, Lorx R, Bruce V, Rudiger J, Johnson M, . Ligand-independent activation of the glucocorticoid receptor by 2-adrenergic receptor agonists in primary human lung fibroblasts and vascular smooth muscle cells. J Biol Chem. 1999;274:1005-10. [PMID: 9873044] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar46. Pang L, Knox AJ. Regulation of TNF--induced eotaxin release from cultured human airway smooth muscle cells by 2-agonists and corticosteroids. FASEB J. 2001;15:261-269. [PMID: 11149914] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar47. Korn SH, Wouters EF, Wesseling G, Arends JW, Thunnissen FB. Interaction between glucocorticoids and 2-agonists: and glucocorticoid-receptor mRNA expression in human bronchial epithelial cells. Biochem Pharmacol. 1998;56:1561-9. [PMID: 9973176] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar48. Usmani OS, Maneechotesuwan K, Adcock IM, Barnes PJ. Glucocorticoid receptor activation following inhaled fluticasone and salmeterol [Abstract]. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2002;165:A616. Google Scholar49. Barnes PJ. Theophylline: new perspectives for an old drug. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2003;167:813-8. [PMID: 12623857] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar50. Ito K, Lim S, Caramori G, Cosio B, Chung KF, Adcock IM, . A molecular mechanism of action of theophylline: Induction of histone deacetylase activity to decrease inflammatory gene expression. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2002;99:8921-6. [PMID: 12070353] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar51. Evans DJ, Taylor DA, Zetterstrom O, Chung KF, O'Connor BJ, Barnes PJ. A comparison of low-dose inhaled budesonide plus theophylline and high-dose inhaled budesonide for moderate asthma. N Engl J Med. 1997;337:1412-8. [PMID: 9358138] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar52. Ukena D, Harnest U, Sakalauskas R, Magyar P, Vetter N, Steffen H, . Comparison of addition of theophylline to inhaled steroid with doubling of the dose of inhaled steroid in asthma. Eur Respir J. 1997;10:2754-60. [PMID: 9493656] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar53. Lim S, Jatakanon A, Gordon D, Macdonald C, Chung KF, Barnes PJ. Comparison of high dose inhaled steroids, low dose inhaled steroids plus low dose theophylline, and low dose inhaled steroids alone in chronic asthma in general practice. Thorax. 2000;55:837-41. [PMID: 10992535] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar54. Szefler SJ, Leung DY. Glucocorticoid-resistant asthma: pathogenesis and clinical implications for management. Eur Respir J. 1997;10:1640-7. [PMID: 9230260] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar55. Barnes PJ. Steroid-resistant asthma. Eur Resp Rev. 2000;10:74-8. Google Scholar56. Spahn JD, Szefler SJ, Surs W, Doherty DE, Nimmagadda SR, Leung DY. A novel action of IL-13: induction of diminished monocyte glucocorticoid receptor-binding affinity. J Immunol. 1996;157:2654-9. [PMID: 8805670] MedlineGoogle Scholar57. Irusen E, Matthews JG, Takahashi A, Barnes PJ, Chung KF, Adcock IM. p38 Mitogen-activated protein kinase-induced glucocorticoid receptor phosphorylation reduces its activity: role in steroid-insensitive asthma. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2002;109:649-57. [PMID: 11941315] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar58. Hamid QA, Wenzel SE, Hauk PJ, Tsicopoulos A, Wallaert B, Lafitte JJ, . Increased glucocorticoid receptor in airway cells of glucocorticoid-insensitive asthma. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 1999;159:1600-4. [PMID: 10228133] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar59. Gagliardo R, Chanez P, Vignola AM, Bousquet J, Vachier I, Godard P, . Glucocorticoid receptor and in glucocorticoid dependent asthma. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2000;162:7-13. [PMID: 10903212] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar60. Corrigan CJ, Brown PH, Barnes NC, Szefler SJ, Tsai JJ, Frew AJ, . Glucocorticoid resistance in chronic asthma. Glucocorticoid pharmacokinetics, glucocorticoid receptor characteristics, and inhibition of peripheral blood T cell proliferation by glucocorticoids in vitro. Am Rev Respir Dis. 1991;144:1016-25. [PMID: 1952426] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar61. Adcock IM, Lane SJ, Brown CR, Lee TH, Barnes PJ. Abnormal glucocorticoid receptor-activator protein 1 interaction in steroid-resistant asthma. J Exp Med. 1995;182:1951-8. [PMID: 7500041] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar62. Matthews JG, Ito K, Barnes PJ, Adcock IM. Corticosteroid-resistant and corticosteroid-dependent asthma: two clinical phenotypes can be associated with the same in vitro defects in nuclear translocation and acetylation of histone 4 [Abstract]. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2000;161:A189. Google Scholar63. Keatings VM, Jatakanon A, Worsdell YM, Barnes PJ. Effects of inhaled and oral glucocorticoids on inflammatory indices in asthma and COPD. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 1997;155:542-8. [PMID: 9032192] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar64. Culpitt SV, Maziak W, Loukidis S, Nightingale JA, Matthews JL, Barnes PJ. Effect of high dose inhaled steroid on cells, cytokines, and proteases in induced sputum in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 1999;160:1635-9. [PMID: 10556133] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar65. Nightingale JA, Rogers DF, Fan Chung K, Barnes PJ. No effect of inhaled budesonide on the response to inhaled ozone in normal subjects. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2000;161:479-86. [PMID: 10673189] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar66. Culpitt SV, Rogers DF, Shah P, De Matos C, Russell RE, Donnelly LE, . Impaired inhibition by dexamethasone of cytokine release by alveolar macrophages from patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2003;167:24-31. [PMID: 12406856] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar67. Ito K, Lim S, Caramori G, Chung KF, Barnes PJ, Adcock IM. Cigarette smoking reduces histone deacetylase 2 expression, enhances cytokine expression, and inhibits glucocorticoid actions in alveolar macrophages. FASEB J. 2001;15:1110-2. [PMID: 11292684] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar68. Ito K, Watanabe S, Kharitonov S, Hanazawa T, Adcock IM, Barnes PJ. Histone deacetylase activity and gene expression in COPD patients [Abstract]. Eur Respir J. 2001;18:316S. MedlineGoogle Scholar69. Montuschi P, Collins JV, Ciabattoni G, Lazzeri N, Corradi M, Kharitonov SA, . Exhaled 8-isoprostane as an in vivo biomarker of lung oxidative stress in patients with COPD and healthy smokers. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2000;162:1175-7. [PMID: 10988150] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar70. Barnes PJ, Pedersen S, Busse WW. Efficacy and safety of inhaled corticosteroids. New developments. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 1998;157:S1-53. [PMID: 9520807] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar71. Heck S, Kullmann M, Gast A, Ponta H, Rahmsdorf HJ, Herrlich P, . A distinct modulating domain in glucocorticoid receptor monomers in the repression of activity of the transcription factor AP-1. EMBO J. 1994;13:4087-95. [PMID: 8076604] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar72. Adcock IM, Nasuhara Y, Stevens DA, Barnes PJ. Ligand-induced differentiation of glucocorticoid receptor (GR) trans-repression and transactivation: preferential targetting of NF-B and lack of I-B involvement. Br J Pharmacol. 1999;127:1003-11. [PMID: 10433509] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar73. Vayssiere BM, Dupont S, Choquart A, Petit F, Garcia T, Marchandeau C, . Synthetic glucocorticoids that dissociate transactivation and AP-1 transrepression exhibit antiinflammatory activity in vivo. Mol Endocrinol. 1997;11:1245-55. [PMID: 9259316] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar74. Belvisi MG, Wicks SL, Battram CH, Bottoms SE, Redford JE, Woodman P, . Therapeutic benefit of a dissociated glucocorticoid and the relevance of in vitro separation of transrepression from transactivation activity. J Immunol. 2001;166:1975-82. [PMID: 11160246] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar75. Bledsoe RK, Montana VG, Stanley TB, Delves CJ, Apolito CJ, McKee DD, . Crystal structure of the glucocorticoid receptor ligand binding domain reveals a novel mode of receptor dimerization and coactivator recognition. Cell. 2002;110:93-105. [PMID: 12151000] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar76. Barnes PJ. New treatments for COPD. Nat Rev Drug Discov. 2002;1:437-46. [PMID: 12119745] CrossrefMedlineGoogle Scholar77. Ito K, Lim S, Chung KF, Barnes PJ, Adcock IM. Theophylline enhances histone deacetylase activity and restores glucocorticoid function during oxidative stress [Abstract]. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2002;165:A625. Google Scholar Author, Article, and Disclosure InformationAffiliations: From National Heart and Lung Institute, Imperial College, London, United Kingdom. Disclosures:Grants received: P.J. Barnes, I.M. Adcock (GlaxoSmithKline and AstraZeneca); Grants pending: P.J. Barnes, I.M. Adcock (GlaxoSmithKline and AstraZeneca).Corresponding Author: P.J. Barnes, DM, DSc, Department of Thoracic Medicine, National Heart and Lung Institute, Dovehouse Street, London SW3 6LY, United Kingdom; e-mail, p.j.[email protected]ac.uk. PreviousarticleNextarticle Advertisement FiguresReferencesRelatedDetails Metrics Cited ByNanotechnology based advanced therapeutic strategies for targeting interleukins in chronic respiratory diseasesLipopolysaccharide Regulates Pro- and Anti-Inflammatory Cytokines, Corticosterone, and Melatonin in ToadsThe central role of IL-33/IL-1RL1 pathway in asthma: From pathogenesis to interventionAsthma and COVID-19: Emphasis on Adequate of as of and as a Effect of the resistance in asthma: and molecular effects of on a of allergic between and and gene expression of glucocorticoid and receptors from the for of human respiratory with glucocorticoids in the treatment of asthma: of the oral corticosteroids and persistent in from the asthma to bronchial asthma as for A of of Melatonin and Glucocorticoid with in the a between Melatonin and of in Steroid Drug by of proteins during the Efficacy of to in a of corticosteroids in asthma: the between and the novel mode of action of the Association and Lung in with as for in of the and of of in Lung and in and cells in asthma: from to human asthma of and the and of a of asthmatic adults patients with intermittent and persistent allergic for combination to to in activated macrophage and asthmatic airway inflammation in a asthma of inhaled corticosteroids does not decrease chest in patients with cell to to in Effects of From effects of on airway asthma and therapy of in as for of airway inflammation in a of allergic regulates the and inflammatory of airway smooth muscle of factors to inhaled corticosteroid response in children with asthma: a as in the treatment of necrosis and fluticasone combination histone and in bronchial epithelial cells to Effect of in of human T cells in and not in patients to to to inhaled steroids for and for to for with of inhaled corticosteroids and a Corticosteroids for Corticosteroids in the of to the Effects of on Inflammatory and dexamethasone mast cells from and effects of on airway inflammation in a of and mechanisms underlying the therapeutic effects of budesonide in A in and of steroid resistance in for the treatment of novel disease mechanisms in to for with to to inhaled steroids for Effects of and a of the and combination for the treatment of oral corticosteroid for of immunoglobulin expression and function in and the of and treatment response and in of a of glucocorticoids in allergic of inhaled corticosteroids in asthma: and of inhaled of a novel dose combination of salmeterol and for inhaled control of cell responses by during allergic lung inflammation in and rationale underlying the targeted of inhaled 2 in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and of in the oral corticosteroid for a the of 2 in the treatment of in and corticosteroids in children with persistent asthma: effects on of glucocorticoid action and insensitivity in airways of the cell of on the of patients with bronchial inhibits the expression of in cells through the inhibition of and AP-1 Cell Activation through and Efficacy of corticosteroids in children with persistent asthma: effects on T De to to the mechanism of action of essential of for its for the of Impaired to Glucocorticoids in mechanisms of the action of dexamethasone and glucocorticoids Evidence for in steroids for in of in asthmatic patients not inhaled of and in of in the of by reveals and associated with asthma Regulates and Activation and of in the treatment of and characterization of the receptors from the sputum in asthma and this is not by is associated with and in asthma and inhaled in in the and of in vitro activation of blood cells and of and therapy in and and nuclear receptor Histone in of the Glucocorticoid in of with to Glucocorticoid for and in of in steroid response in chronic obstructive pulmonary the effects of inhaled corticosteroids in asthmatic patients through increased induction of and resistance in glucocorticoid control of characterization of glucocorticoid and of glucocorticoids on the A for an in of in obstructive lung disease through and airway and as novel for asthma and in resistance in inflammatory T cells control lung inflammation during by between and lung function in response to inhaled corticosteroid in patients with of HDAC2 in the of to in asthma: A rationale for corticosteroids as in as novel for Cell or and effect of and alone or in combination in primary human bronchial is a in a of pulmonary strategies for and corticosteroid the of airway smooth muscle in of chronic Glucocorticoid activity is increased in asthmatic airways by inhaled of the of in A of and receptor expression in of asthmatic and and of transcription of T cells in asthma: by allergic and oral and Clinical and Therapeutic and their receptors as for the treatment of expression asthma of of Increased and of corticosteroids on the of in steroids are associated with lung function in with asthma with for of the of in a and airways for of glucocorticoid to treatment and Effects of Corticosteroids in Corticosteroids in the of glucocorticoid actions in airway smooth muscle through allergic asthma in effects of in a of factor and glucocorticoid as an Inflammatory corticosteroids control role of MAPK in human cell and of in Glucocorticoid Steroid in The to on glucocorticoid action and of and Dexamethasone on Lung and Transcription Expression in of with Glucocorticoid and of transduction for the treatment of airway for of Histone in in and glucocorticoid receptor proteins in human by the and Effects of be steroids for of with in the of of smoking on the treatment response in patients with suppress transcriptional up-regulation of receptors in a in vitro of chronic airway protein and of airway of smoking on the treatment response in patients with between the of by a 1 and Regulation of Expression by An in Inflammatory Lung Regulation of Histone and of the Inflammatory for New of the of Effects of Corticosteroids in of the of for in Corticosteroids for of resistance in chronic obstructive pulmonary of histone in of in of and Corticosteroids for for airway for the treatment of asthma and of on and 2 September factors 2 September 2 September by of
Annals of Internal Medicine · review · 370 citationsread the source →
Clinical Presentation of Left Atrial Cardiac Myxoma
Introduction Cardiac myxoma is the most frequent “benign” tumor of the heart and presents an important diagnostic challenge (4,43,47). Myxomas may resemble many cardiovascular or systemic diseases, and can arise in any of the cardiac chambers, although 75% occur in the left atrium. Most cases of atrial myxomas are now diagnosed in living patients, allowing successful surgical extirpation (1,3,30,44,53). Before the introduction of angiocardiography in 1951, cardiac myxoma diagnosis was made only at autopsy (22). The first successful surgical removal of an atrial myxoma was performed in 1954 (35,47). In 1959, the first M-mode echocardiogram of a left atrial myxoma was reported (16). Indeed, the introduction of echocardiography has provided an important noninvasive means of diagnosis for cardiac myxomas (55). Thus, the diagnosis of small myxomas (less than 5 cm in size and asymptomatic) is becoming easier. We report here the experience of a French cardiovascular center in the clinical presentation of left atrial myxomas. The large number of patients in this series allowed us to perform an analytic, clinicopathologic study. Patients and Methods We reviewed the 112 cases of left atrial myxoma seen at 1 institution (Hôpital Louis Pradel, Lyons, France) over a 40-year period (1959–1998). In all cases the diagnosis was established before surgical removal. The patients’ medical records were reviewed, and data concerning clinical presentation, diagnostic methods, and postoperative course were collected. Histopathologic slides were reviewed for all cases by the same pathologist (RL). Other locations where cardiac myxoma occurred during that time period were the right atrium (15 cases), left ventricle (2 cases), and right ventricle (1 case). Follow-up information was obtained by contacting either the patients or the attending physicians, and a standardized questionnaire was completed for each case. Statistical analysis A chi-square test, or the Fisher exact test when required, was performed for all qualitative variables, and odds ratios (OR) with 95% confidence intervals (95% CI) were computed. For ordinal variables a Wilcoxon rank sum test was used. Data analysis was performed using SAS (Statistical Analysis System, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, NC). The variables studied in the statistical analysis were 1) sex and age, period of diagnosis (before or after echocardiography was available), delay to diagnosis (delay between the first symptoms and diagnosis), possible systematic (serendipitous) discovery; 2) size of the tumor (> or < 5 cm), tumor surface appearance (smooth or villous); 3) the main symptoms: cardiac (cardiac failure, malaise or syncope, chest pain or palpitations), embolic (cerebral, coronary, or peripheral artery), systemic (fever, weight loss, or pseudo-connective tissue disease signs), or neurologic (stroke, vertigo, epilepsy, coma, or other signs); 4) cardiac auscultation modifications (pseudo-mitral signs, “tumor plop”, nonspecific other signs); 5) possible chest X-ray abnormalities (left cardiac failure signs, cardiomegaly, pleural effusion, left atrium enlargement, visible myxoma when calcified), electrocardiogram (ECG) alterations (arrhythmias or conduction disturbances, ST-segment and T-wave shifts, left atrial hypertrophy, and nonspecific signs), or serologic test abnormalities (elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rate [ESR], anemia). Results Patient characteristics The study group included 72 women, (64% of the whole sample; median age, 53 yr; range, 23–84 yr) and 40 men (36% of the sample; median age, 58 yr, range, 5–77 yr). Forty-six patients (41% of the sample, 31 women, 15 men) were less than 50 years old, 47 (42%, 31 women, 16 men) were between 50 and 70 years, and 19 (17%, 10 women, 9 men) were older than 70. Age distribution was homogenous in men, but most female patients were between 40 and 60 years old (Figure 1).Fig. 1: Age distribution of 112 patients with left atrial myxoma. The clinical and laboratory features of left atrial myxoma in our series are presented in Table 1. The different frequencies of clinical and laboratory signs according to sex and age are detailed in Table 2. Male patients were more at risk than females for embolic complications and for neurologic symptoms; females were more at risk than males to develop systemic symptoms such as fever; younger patients (age <50 yr) had more neurologic symptoms and cardiac auscultation abnormalities than older patients (age >50 yr).TABLE 1: Clinical and laboratory features of left atrial myxoma (112 cases)TABLE 2: Frequencies of clinical and laboratory signs by sex and age*We divided the patients into 2 groups according to the pre-and post-echocardiography periods: 1) between 1959 and 1977, when the only diagnostic methods were angiocardiography and cardiac cathe-terization, only 14 patients (12.5%) underwent surgery; 2) since 1977, with 2-dimensional echocardiography use (transthoracic, then transesophageal), about 5 patients per year have undergone surgery for left atrial myxoma (98 patients, 87.5%). The sex ratio and age ranges are similar in these 2 patient groups, but other differences can be identified (Table 3). Before 1977, most patients were diagnosed on the basis of serologic or blood test abnormalities (particularly elevated ESR) and radiologic abnormalities; chest X-ray evidence of cardiac failure or left atrium enlargement was particularly prevalent in patients diagnosed before 1977 compared with those diagnosed after 1977 (p = 0.006 and p = 0.02, respectively).TABLE 3: Symptoms by year of diagnosis*Delay before surgery In our series, the time interval between symptoms onset and diagnosis (surgical removal) varied from 0 to 126 months (median, 4 mo). The median delay before surgery was 5.5 months before 1977, and 3 months after 1977; the difference is not significant. The median delay to diagnosis increased significantly when cardiac symptoms were present; there was no significant difference for the other symptoms (Table 4).TABLE 4: Delay to diagnosis by year and by principal clinical symptoms*Initial symptoms ( Figure 2) For 11 patients, the left atrial myxoma diagnosis was a mere chance, or serendipitous, discovery (“systematic findings” in Figure 2). Among these patients, in 9 cases echocardiography (8 cases) or computed tomography (CT) (1 case) was performed for another indication and allowed a diagnosis of myxoma. For 2 patients, echocardiography had been systematically performed during follow-up for surgery on a right atrial myxoma. Fig. 2: Initial symptoms of left atrial myxoma (112 cases).The most common initial symptoms of left atrial myxoma in our series were related to mitral valve obstruction: dizziness and occasionally syncope, palpitations, dyspnea, cough, pulmonary edema, or congestive heart failure were observed in 58 patients. Eight patients showed atypical paroxysmal clinical manifestations: chest pain, hemoptysis, limb claudication, thoracic noise, shortness of breath, or syncope when reclining. Embolic manifestations suggested myxoma in 18 patients. Constitutional or general systemic signs appeared as initial manifestations for 17 patients: myalgia, muscle weakness, arthralgia, fever, weight loss, fatigue, and Raynaud syndrome. Clinical features at diagnosis All patients presented with at least 1 or more symptoms of the classic triad: 1) obstructive cardiac signs; 2) embolic signs; and 3) constitutional or systemic manifestations (See Table 1). 1) Intracardiac obstruction signs occurred in 75 patients. Pulmonary edema or progressive congestive cardiac failure (dyspnea, orthopnea) were the most common symptoms (n = 48). Malaise or syncope occurred in 16 cases. Two patients experienced cardiac arrest before surgery and fully recovered after resuscitation. Other nonspecific cardiac symptoms were present in 34 patients: cough, thoracic pain, palpi-tations, myocardial infarction due to coronary embolism. Malaise, palpitations, or thoracic pain could vary with body postural changes. 2) Signs of embolism were present in 33 patients, either with 1 (n = 25) or several (n = 8) locations. Embolic locations were the central nervous system (n = 24), in 1 case in the retinal artery, the upper and lower extremities (n = 15), and the coronary arteries (n = 4). 3) Thirty-eight patients presented with systemic or constitutional symptoms. These symptoms were obviously nonspecific, including fever (n = 22), weight loss or fatigue (n = 20), and immunologic diseases mimicking symptoms such as myalgia, muscle weakness, arthralgia, or Raynaud syndrome (n = 6). 4) Other clinical presentations 4.1) Twenty-nine patients had neurologic symptoms, particularly transient or permanent motor or sensory neurologic deficiencies (n = 23), when cerebral emboli were present (stroke). Three of these patients developed multiple cerebral aneurysms, induced by cerebral emboli. Three patients had epileptic fits, or multilocular sclerosis mimicking symptoms. Six patients also suffered from other neurologic manifestations, such as vertigo or coma. One patient with streptococcal meningitis underwent surgery for a supposed antibiotic-resistant endocarditis suggested by echocardiographic findings, but surgery uncovered an incidental noninfected myxoma. 4.2) One patient had fever and positive blood cultures for Streptococcus viridans. 4.3) Three patients were investigated for liver abnormalities connected in fact with right cardiac failure. 4.4) For 3 patients, the main symptoms were abdominal pain or hemoptysis. Physical examination (cardiac auscultation) On cardiac auscultation 72 patients (64%) had abnormal findings, 18 (16%) of them with postural changes or with time examination modifications. These murmurs looked like significant mitral stenosis findings: apical diastolic or presystolic murmur (n = 60, 53%). A tumor plop was heard in 17 patients (15%), all before 1989. Other auscultatory features were changes in preexisting murmurs, gallops, or modification of the first (split) or second heart sound (n = 12, 11%). A significant was observed between cardiac auscultation abnormalities and 1) systemic symptoms (fever, weight loss or and 2) cardiac symptoms and signs (cardiac failure, (Table no between auscultatory signs and embolic or neurologic symptoms was between clinical The most frequent laboratory was in patients Table 1). in men, in was observed in 15 patients. blood or was present in patients. The between these serologic abnormalities and systemic manifestations was significant Table there was no significant between serologic signs and or neurologic symptoms. abnormalities of the patients (n = had abnormal Table 1). atrial was the most frequent (n = or or conduction were Other were ST-segment abnormalities (n = or nonspecific abnormalities (n = hypertrophy, The of abnormalities with systemic manifestations and cardiac signs was significant Table was no significant with embolic or neurologic symptoms. were abnormal in patients Table 1). included pulmonary or congestive heart failure signs (n = and nonspecific (n = atrial enlargement (n = that made the tumor visible (n = and pleural were (n = The of radiologic abnormalities with systemic and cardiac manifestations was significant Table X-ray abnormalities were significantly less frequent in patients with embolic or neurologic methods Before 1977, all cases were diagnosed by angiocardiography with left heart (n = 1977, echocardiography was the diagnostic (n = only M-mode echocardiography was (Figure 3). 2-dimensional and particularly echocardiography the methods in many cases. For 2 patients the diagnosis was established by or 3: A myxoma is seen in the left The diagnosis of myxoma was obtained after surgical tumor for all cases. On the tumor from 1 cm to 15 The size was for was than 5 cm in and in cases had been during The weight of the from 15 to In our series of the myxomas were with a cm), and were the left atrial myxomas in our series, the and from the left atrial with only a other left and small mitral valve The myxoma surface was studied in was or in of these (n = and (Figure 4) in the other cases (n = The less common or (Figure 5) myxomas had a surface that of multiple or and with a to (Figure 4: left atrial myxoma after left atrial were on the of myxoma in an of an The myxoma had a or an and a were the The surface of the tumor was by a of was observed in of the cases. We with a myxoma from with a and or different of 1) (Figure with or by then by 2) (Figure with many or in the of the cases were left atrial of them with and with were myxomas with All were observed in patients with myxoma and atrial myxoma with with myxoma in atrial myxoma with or myxoma in significant could be between myxoma size or 5 and diagnosis or or of or serologic symptoms or signs (Table 6). a myxoma size cm was significantly with cardiac symptoms, auscultatory signs, and and chest X-ray of myxomas appeared to be more and the delay to diagnosis was for small than for large Table of clinical features to myxoma size was significantly with neurologic symptoms, embolic and cardiac auscultation there was no significant between and or X-ray signs or symptoms; discovery; or delay in diagnosis (Table of clinical features to myxoma surface course All patients had patients during the 1 patient in during a second surgical for a of myxoma years after the first surgical a on in with cardiac and on the second postoperative from a in from mitral by a mitral and a in from meningitis with the the incidental tumor had been 1 patient a mitral valve endocarditis was with the myxoma. The most frequent postoperative was transient or atrial in patients A permanent cardiac for was for only 2 patients. Follow-up the postoperative patients were to patients to and not our Among the other patients, 4 and were during the follow-up Patients presented with peripheral fully The follow-up for patients with multiple cerebral is 14 years a In the present series, were for a median of 3 years 1 yr). Six patients had a of myxoma. Three patients with myxoma in the left and 17 years Three other patients had One of them suffered 2 in the left 16 and months The other 2 patients with had an initial myxoma in the right for 1 of them the was in the left atrium 3 years and for the other the were multiple in the left atrium and years and then in the right atrium years We report here the series of patients with left atrial myxoma diagnosed in a to our The patients presented over a 40-year ratio is with other in this ratio from to Myxomas can occur in all but are most frequent between the and of occur in although there is no for this female due in to In our series, younger age is significantly with neurologic signs or cardiac auscultation and is with neurologic or embolic symptoms in men and systemic symptoms in Clinical features The clinical features of these are by and there are no signs and symptoms that the of a myxoma In a of there are no symptoms at all in our there is no significant between the size of the tumor or 5 and the of discovery or atrial myxomas when the mitral or systemic 1) symptoms occur in of patients in our cases as mitral valve in mitral atrial and of fever are only of patients had in our study. Cardiac obstruction can be by progressive congestive cardiac failure on or or by syncope, or to mitral valve obstruction by the myxoma or coronary arteries The of obstruction may vary with body and these postural changes are particularly of myxoma (35,47). Cardiac failure the most frequent in our In our the of cardiac signs increased the diagnosis to that clinical symptoms are by another more common disease due to 2) emboli are the second of the classic in of myxoma patients in our study. than of emboli to the central nervous system in our but any may be to a of symptoms and cases emboli in the upper and lower coronary and more emboli may to aneurysms, as of cardiac myxomas as in 3 patients in our was 12, yr, We that the of an or surface is significantly with cerebral and peripheral 3) Constitutional signs are the of the classic these symptoms are may occur in to of cases The is lower in our series studied a at a cardiovascular These signs and symptoms myalgia, muscle weakness, arthralgia, fever, weight loss, and are obviously nonspecific and may occur in a of or or immunologic diseases tissue manifestations have also been reported in myxoma patients Cardiac auscultation Cardiac auscultatory may vary between and may on body presystolic or diastolic murmurs, significant mitral may be heard in more than of the patients in our The auscultatory of myxoma is “tumor is a heart sound of heard after the second heart sound may be with a heart sound or a mitral The tumor plop is in only of patients in our We established a significant between cardiac auscultation abnormalities and cardiac or systemic symptoms. and are abnormal in only of the patients those with systemic symptoms significant was in our The main but nonspecific laboratory abnormalities are and elevated or is or may occur by on the has also been common are and that the and of a by the tumor may be for systemic and manifestations has been with of in patients with myxoma that to after surgical removal A between the size of the tumor and the of has also been suggested have also been in myxoma tissue myxoma tissue in cases by and are nonspecific but observed in our atrial in of patients, the alterations by the is (less than of cases) in to the in mitral valve We observed a significant between signs and the of cardiac or systemic symptoms. also nonspecific features in the patients and are not for when the tumor is in our a left atrium enlargement and signs of pulmonary may be In our series, chest X-ray abnormalities were significantly with cardiac or systemic symptoms, but there were radiologic signs when the myxoma was by embolic or neurologic In cardiac signs or symptoms are more prevalent with large and may that embolic becoming are diagnosed before the the size 5 that to cardiac and radiologic data a positive between small tumor size and embolic Table 6). methods is the and diagnostic of is and not any risk of tumor and and cardiac examination may be by the echocardiography is less with an to but echocardiography the for surgery is only on echocardiographic evidence of the in our series angiocardiography has not been since coronary in patients over 40 years old is in to coronary disease Other diagnostic methods and The of and over echocardiography is that of and thoracic are also more in tumor and tumor and size data that most left atrial myxomas arise from the atrial or the on the of and on the appearance is or with a or or is and the surface is either or and in our myxomas with constitutional symptoms, or In the such as and surface are seen in older that In our series, there was no significant between and The size and weight of myxomas but in our the of symptoms was in patients with on could or myxomas and or myxomas according to the of the that all occurred in patients with and myxomas. the of cardiac myxomas have been The of most is that myxomas are of is no that myxomas are myxomas may have a of that at first may be the of multiple surface or is not with or any of presentation, and is important not to an on the basis of these atypical are cardiac not be with myxomas The to the tumor are to be and analysis has that myxoma as tumor = and are and may be for and cases with is as is the showed that was by is also a for the that myxomas arise from the to A study that myxomas with a between tumor size and the of this a in Myxomas may to the but these not have any The myxoma tissue emboli may may the and may or may but any cerebral tissue years the may to Three patients in our series had embolic that into the with of multiple aneurysms, any or during and follow-up The of for myxomas is surgical removal the diagnosis is of the tumor is Embolic complications or are in patients: of patients in the time of our series, not due to cardiac but 2 patients had cardiac arrest in the before surgery with successful resuscitation. surgery is a as most are can be The may according to In our series, was 3 patients during the postoperative period before and another patient in of meningitis not to myxoma. The most frequent postoperative was transient or with an of Cardiac myxomas occur but or cases have been The reported rate ranges from to in the in our are reported from as as a months to as as years after of the myxoma in our The of is not but risk or of tumor of the a of tumor in the In most cases of of the to be the of Patients with abnormalities are at risk of and from 2 or more of the cardiac and myxomas or of the with and are as or The risk of for and myxomas is about and is only for In our series, 3 cases the cardiac myxoma the time of myxoma patients are younger than myxoma patients. myxomas of the 2 patient groups are not A to has been identified The is In the the rate is and after of myxomas ranges from 0 to in our may surgical removal in our A patients may permanent cardiac for conduction 2 patients in our In of the of a tumor that with mitral valve to in heart failure, the mitral valve is In our only 1 patient mitral valve for endocarditis with left atrial myxoma. the myxoma patients to be and cases. echocardiogram is over the period at diagnosis The mitral valve other and heart more common than and occur in patients with myocardial infarction or systemic symptoms are present (fever, weight loss, the diagnosis heart and tissue disease or The of embolic and constitutional symptoms is due more to but may also myxoma. The of or syndrome to the 2 diseases, as these are in myxoma. myxomas are occasionally the clinical of myxoma and endocarditis more of cardiac myxomas reported 40 cases with a presentation similar to is no clinical between and noninfected myxoma cardiac symptoms and the rate of systemic or cerebral constitutional symptoms significantly in patients with myxoma (fever, elevated and men are more than series of 112 cases of left atrial myxoma clinical that this tumor may a of clinical symptoms not only such as cardiac but also or neurologic is made only on clinical there are no signs or symptoms. but or cases have been that and of the by the tumor may be for or including the is the of for diagnosis and follow-up of this myxomas are be in the diagnosis of mitral valve disease and congestive heart failure, in patients with is also for any patient with embolic embolic in in the of signs or symptoms of endocarditis or to a of myxoma as the embolic The obtained by be are to the clinical features of in in myxoma or be studied for embolic myxomas with of could be performed to for the ratio and age We a series of 112 cases of left atrial myxoma diagnosed in a French and 40 age range, yr) over 40 years, from 1959 to Symptoms of mitral valve the first of the classic of myxoma presentation, were present in 75 patients with cardiac failure or Symptoms of the second frequent presentation in the classic were observed in 33 cases with 1 or several cerebral emboli with are at risk than females of embolic The of the classic of constitutional symptoms with fever, weight loss, or symptoms tissue due to and patients have more neurologic symptoms, and female patients have more systemic symptoms. patients (64%) had cardiac auscultation valve disease and more the tumor plop The most frequent was left atrial were The number of myxoma patients diagnosed after 1977 the introduction of echocardiography as a noninvasive diagnostic there was no significant in the time from onset of symptoms to between patients seen in the before and after The tumor from 1 to 15 cm with a weight of between 15 and The myxoma surface was or in of the and in the other cases. Myxomas in patients with embolism have a those in patients with cardiac symptoms, auscultation signs, tumor and electrocardiogram or radiologic signs of left atrium and are significantly the The is and only 4 occurred our 112 cases over a median follow-up of 3 The rate is but follow-up and echocardiography are for patients. The surgical were performed during the 40-year period by We are to for the
Medicine · review · 878 citationsread the source →
The Pediatric Role in the Care of Children in Foster and Kinship Care
In September 2010, 408,425 children and adolescents resided in foster care. Recent legislation highlights an increasing focus on involving pediatricians in supporting children in foster care and defines specific requirements relevant to the role of pediatricians. After completing this article, readers should be able to: Foster care is intended to provide a temporary haven for children during a time of family crisis when children are at imminent risk for harm. The goals of foster care are to promote child health, safety, permanency, and well-being. Foster care also has the mission of building on family strengths and providing birth parents with the services they need to reconnect (reunify) with their children. Because children fare best in stable and nurturing families, there has been an increased emphasis in the past decade on shortening the time to permanency through reunification, placement with relatives, and adoption. Foster care also has the obligation to prepare youth for independent living when none of these permanency options is possible. In some states, more than one third of children in foster care are in court-ordered (formal) kinship placements, arrangements in which the related (kin) caregiver may or may not be a certified foster parent. Even outside the child welfare system, somewhere between 4% and 8% of children reside with members of their extended family, neighbors, or friends for a variety of reasons. During the past decade, several studies were published reporting that children experience greater placement stability in kinship care than in nonrelative foster care, and that kin caregivers report fewer child behavior problems. Other data indicate that children in kinship care have as many issues as children in foster care, and that kinship caregivers are older, are less healthy, and have less access to services than nonrelative foster parents. However, recognizing that maintaining a child’s ties to his or her family of origin holds advantages for the child, relatively more children are being placed in kinship care as a result of child protective investigation. Other children are spending brief amounts of time in foster care while child welfare attempts to identify and investigate kinship resources. The definition of kin has expanded to include nonrelatives, such as family friends, acquaintances, and neighbors. There is little information about the outcomes of reunification with parents or kinship care, including child health and mental health outcomes and the percentage of kinship homes that undergo disruption. The vast majority of kinship placements are without oversight or subsidy, although recent federal legislation was intended to improve financial support for this group of caregivers. Children in foster care are classified as children who have special health-care needs by the American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) because of their high prevalence of medical, emotional, behavioral, developmental, educational, and dental health-care problems. Most pediatric practitioners will encounter children and adolescents in foster or kinship care in their practices. It is important that pediatricians be familiar with the effects of childhood trauma and adversity, separation from family, and ongoing uncertainty on child behavior, mental health, and development. Pediatricians are in a unique position to identify problems, make appropriate referrals, and offer support and advice to caregivers. Foster care ideally should be developmentally appropriate and child-centered, and pediatricians can play a crucial role in offering developmentally sound advice and emotional support to caregivers about parenting traumatized children and children who have significant behavior problems. Pediatricians also should suggest ways to promote placement stability and successful permanency. Most maltreated children are not removed from their birth parents, but they appear to have the same health issues as children in foster and kinship care. The knowledge and skills that pediatricians bring to the care of children in foster and kinship care also apply to the larger population of children whose families are involved with child welfare agencies. Of 3.3 million child abuse and neglect reports in 2010, 436,321 (22%) were substantiated, and 254,000 children were removed to foster care. Over the past decade, the increasing trend toward keeping children with their birth parents or with kin caregivers after child protective investigation has reduced the total number of children in foster care. In the United States, on September 30, 2010, 408,425 children and adolescents resided in foster care, 26% in a relative (kinship) foster home, 48% in a nonrelative foster home, and 9% in either a group home or residential care setting. Of the remainder, 4% lived with a preadoptive family, 5% were on a trial discharge with their parents, and 2% were listed as “run-away.”Estimates suggest that more than 700,000 individual children have spent some time in foster care during the preceding 12 months. Census data indicate that approximately four to eight times as many children and teenagers live in informal, unregulated kinship care without child welfare involvement. Approximately 40% of those in foster care are teenagers, whereas 30% are children under age 5 years. Children in foster care range in age from birth to 21 years, although 47 states still emancipate adolescents at age 18 years. Minorities are represented prominently in foster care. In 2010, 29% of children were of African American heritage, 21% Hispanic, 41% white, and 5% of two or more races. Significant concern exists that the overrepresentation of minority children reflects bias in child protective referrals, investigation, and removal, as well as a lower likelihood of reunification after removal. Discrete subpopulations in foster care that present with unique health needs include children who have multiple handicaps, teenagers involved with juvenile justice, pregnant and parenting teenagers, and unaccompanied refugee minors from countries ravaged by war or severe internal strife. The average length of stay in foster care in 2010 was 25 months, with a median of 14.5 months. The lower median is attributed to more intensive permanency planning, resulting in shorter times to reunification or placement with extended family. However, the higher mean is affected by the 25% of children who remain in care for years. Length of stay is affected by several factors: the biological family’s cooperation with the individualized case plan for their family; the availability of appropriate extended family to care for the child; diligence in permanency planning by child welfare; and the challenges of finding adoptive resources for older children, minority children, large sibling groups, and children who have significant behavioral and developmental problems. Longer stays in foster care are associated with a reduced likelihood of reunification and an increased number of placements. Approximately 50% of children and teenagers will experience more than one foster care placement, with approximately 25% having three or more placements. In 2010, of the 254,114 children who exited foster care, 51% returned to their parents and 14% went to a relative or guardian, whereas 21% were adopted and 11% aged out of foster care. The vast majority of the 27,854 individuals who aged out were emancipated at age 18 years. Because the long-term benefit of foster care placement is uncertain, admission to foster care is and should be difficult. Almost all children entering foster care are placed involuntarily by court order after child protective investigation. Child neglect, including lack of supervision or neglect of basic nutritional, educational, and medical needs, is the most commonly cited reason for placement. Overall, approximately 70% of admissions are for maltreatment. Teenagers tend to be placed for disruptive behaviors through either the juvenile justice system or as persons in need of supervision. Voluntary placements constitute less than 1% of admissions and often are made by families as a means of accessing treatment services for a child or teenager who has complex mental health or medical problems. Families whose children reside in foster care come from all walks of life, but financial poverty remains a pervasive common factor underlying foster care placement (>50% of children live with impoverished families before foster care). Poverty, however, extends beyond the financial to the lack of the normal, predictable, nurturing environment that promotes good developmental and emotional health. Most children have experienced childhood adversities beyond maltreatment, including exposure to significant violence in their homes (84%) or communities placement, report that of caregivers have parenting with mental health abuse or often lack have and high and are one third of birth parents to being or as children, and about the same percentage spent time in foster care. Children often have multiple caregivers before placement in foster care. of a child often with child welfare with the after have been when the child’s health and are at imminent that childhood trauma or multiple childhood and are associated with and long-term mental health, developmental, and health exposure and in the of protective the of the in a those of the involved in emotional and children entering foster care with their and adversities are children who have emotional, developmental, and health on and are but data indicate that stability in a nurturing and family promotes after childhood foster care is with and for children. high of family from the family of origin and all that is familiar is experience for many children, for children, placement in foster care may be the time they have stable placement in a foster home can promote the ongoing and to foster care may a child’s of highlights an increasing focus on involving pediatricians in supporting children in foster care. The to and of foster care to identify kinship resources at to foster care, promote and support kinship care, children in their of support American in keeping children foster care and resources for with a of independent for pediatric health states to health for children in foster care, pediatricians in the of such health improve health-care promote the of medical and health foster care system is in of providing children with nurturing families, but also complex in legislation of and but for the of foster care with which in to or child welfare by the foster care system remains by birth parents who have multiple problems, and and that appear to be in with child welfare is for and for is a complex multiple skills with Most however, more than of in many case for the biological family, parents the care of their children while to with or resources are mental health, parenting medical care, and and to promote also educational, developmental, medical, and mental health services for children, and support the foster parents in their care. birth parents are or to the for reunification, have the of supporting through the of permanency also are to children and a of to a family than their family of also and foster parents. have a with the system in their family court and the juvenile justice of a child from a family, the prepare a court the for the child or in foster care, the to court at to provide ongoing for the of placement and to their on of parents and children toward child in foster care is represented in court by a who may or may not be an on the In some states, in the court also may a special on of the who are not special many to the child’s for to the oversight with the court have the of on information to in a child remains in placement after or services for biological and at the case for a child in care to placement or an permanency is the court the permanency with the that such a is on the from all child welfare mental health and and the youth who is of age and developmental to on his or her for the child and childhood trauma remains parents are the and of the foster care system, and foster parenting is the Foster parents come from all walks of life, on tend to be be of lower have at a high be and have children of their have and most are by a to for children. foster parents with the of percentage of foster parents are and are to that can foster and 5% of foster families undergo to as resources for or children. However, most foster parents little about parenting children who have significant trauma and There are some studies that specific and for foster parents and birth parents as Foster and parenting for foster improve outcomes for children, but these have not for foster parenting are a for child in their care that is by individual The is by the child’s health needs, and the of the parenting The is to needs, and most and recent that approximately two of the of parenting a child in foster and of foster families are some of the most child welfare are in the foster care system in of and Foster families the of the for children and teenagers, but are to the system, and the birth family for the child’s care. remains with the birth a child is for but the foster care is for that a child’s needs are and the child is well of youth in foster care, reside in residential or group home placements, which can of child health services are but is The outcomes of group care have not been well and there to be in the of such of a child with his or her biological is the best for reunification, may be for the parents and The of the is Children who have been or by their parents may not in a setting. parents may not the need to focus on the child during and focus on their issues or with child parents may to the of the child with the and may which is and for children, and and the the with separation that may be for and through with by in a setting. to a or the home, the is before placement may for more with the birth but kin caregivers also may unique challenges they toward the birth are about or have to court-ordered to which the and is for of in which a mental health parents identify their child’s their child’s developmental parenting skills in parenting and to their child in an appropriate such as or still are not because such are and and is in which prepare birth parents for the stay on during the and with to the challenges associated with children may encounter adversities in foster care. in foster care placement, in or child care placement, separation from the of children entering or their foster home, by birth parents, a with their foster being or and court are but some of the children may an child, one can be to is as the of a child to foster care after reunification, placement with extended family or guardian, or adoption. on the to 30% of children to foster care, as a result of a of reunification with their birth parents. but percentage of undergo during an parents of their children in the care and of the or of can be as of a in which the the child’s the child either the age of majority or is parents to their children for more of involuntarily after at reunification have The can years, during which time but at reunification and permanency planning by federal legislation in states to a child has been in foster care for of the past and when there is reason not to the and in the with which they this federal child as a result of the of studies on childhood and placement has toward a to foster care, the is not to permanency on the of the out of foster care several Over of children adopted out of care are adopted by their foster parents, and 30% are adopted by kinship caregivers. to the most recent there were children out of foster care in 2010, of were for and resided in preadoptive children without an adoptive tend to be older, minority children, to be of large sibling groups, or to have significant emotional and behavioral problems, that to be to parents most often child welfare as an their and the reason for the of their family. some parents with child welfare either to remain with a or in that the child for the removal, whereas the of their family and for the resources that child welfare birth parents have trauma and their that have and lack the most basic of parenting and of their children may their of and welfare may children in a an foster home, or the home of a the of the court after child protective investigation. with kin caregivers is to be less the child has a with The in foster care may be with a of from child protective to health and members of the foster to foster care often are for the several a by most child welfare as a time of emotional for the and Children who have severe trauma may to behaviors that were in their but in the setting. The majority of children are by they not and or in in foster care often about they are in foster care, and children may for the of their about the of their parents and and their they will be in care, or when their parents will come for or when a will out of or parents may make they not or Other children about being in foster care, to their and of children and to foster parents and may their less birth as a in parenting or between for children and Children may not be for discharge from foster care or to a in foster care placement are for children, that a that of and for placements but include child behavior problems, foster between birth and foster parents, and a foster home may be or neglect a child’s needs, resulting in foster care is because the care is and nurturing foster a of and for the child, the child to the of family and to the The foster care placement is stable during the child’s time in care. The foster and birth and on of the The birth for at and of the services by child Child welfare the birth identify and on the family’s and the crisis that to the family’s is Children appropriate mental health and their parents in those services as the foster care experience not this in foster care are a have in foster care, whereas foster care through the juvenile justice system or are placed by a to their behaviors or to access appropriate mental health-care tend to have the placement they experience a variety of foster care time family group residential or and between foster care, home, juvenile percentage of teenagers are and have significant behavior teenagers may lack the to in or parenting teenagers are group who may be living with their children or placed from they have significant mental health issues or constitute a risk to their teenagers foster care as unaccompanied refugee having to the United from a variety of countries after or the of their majority of adolescents in foster care reside in their are is and they mental health services and adolescents in foster care have experienced childhood including maltreatment, as children in foster care. have and but their including and may be that the underlying remain in foster care are less to permanency, either through reunification or adoption. to parents or relatives, but many age out at age 18 years, or are to or placement care or group home care). to and for independent living is resources are Foster or kin families who remain in youth are their best and youth who identify and remain to foster parents, or appear to fare is about the outcomes of youth who have aged out is a of most youth have spent at one and many have an who are a decade removed from foster care are have with in and have high of mental health problems, including and studies indicate that with a of foster care are the and is the time during which the individual is to a stable in a of in and a larger of and in to in foster care, minority lack of and a lack of are outcomes of the of multiple and a of is from living in the of foster abuse and neglect, with separation and and a lack of role for result in a high prevalence of who are and to well are those foster youth who are and a multiple childhood health issues of children in foster care are in their of neglect, and and multiple childhood and childhood with the lack of protective the health of children in foster care. The defines children in foster care as children with special health-care needs because of their high prevalence of medical developmental dental problems, and behavioral, emotional, and mental health In of children in foster care have issues related to family about the health of the foster care population have to care, 30% to have at one medical and approximately have complex health problems. The for the high prevalence of health include medical neglect or lack of access to health services before foster of the to with child’s health needs, resulting in and the of childhood adversities on health. and developmental are and may be the result of the of and childhood or the result of studies report that the ongoing health of children in foster care are mental health and developmental problems. of children under age foster care with developmental in at one and to 70% of children age 5 have a mental health or behavioral are in the adversities and trauma children have experienced before foster care. that may have been in a or environment in a more setting. that significant behavioral of by developmental problems, to placement in emotional and mental health children foster care, their health not appear to improve The of the population the likelihood that they will to have access to information on admission foster care is foster parents have the of knowledge to as the health-care the foster system on to this complex most children in foster care have health in the of this also access to health-care because of in and of medical to in care may access to medical care, but mental health access for children in foster care. to support and foster parents about a child’s medical, developmental, and mental health needs and to appropriate treatment can to in placement when foster parents and requirements may and treatment and care can be is not However, has specific about who can for health-care on of a child in foster care. states, for of the guardian, who is the birth for including of In child welfare have in for and health-care should issues with their child welfare the health of the legislation states to health for children in foster care, is in in most with intensive care are because health-care the of care children children in foster care will their health-care as children who have special health-care needs in the of a pediatric medical The has a number of resources to pediatric but the of the medical home for the child in foster care are as The medical home should the health-care for children and teenagers in foster care by the on Foster from for Children and in Foster The are on the Foster was for by child mental health, and and youth in foster care. resources and may also be to pediatricians in with states and foster care for health brief of the health-care for children in foster care are listed in and should children and after to care, because often more health needs than one and they a between the and The admission health-care for all children, but for those with special health-care Children in foster care should have health-care and those for all children to all of their health developmental, educational, emotional and behavioral, and health-care encounter should include for child abuse and neglect in the placement. Foster that should be in to the children who have complex medical, developmental, or mental health problems, the may more health health is the most important health-care need of children in foster care. Children need and of mental health and to pediatric mental health of mental health-care basic should be in when and are two health needs of children in foster care. and may result in and multiple and are the most to be developmental for all children in foster care is not the pediatric should at a developmental to identify children in need of a some children developmental skills and in foster care, child who has behavioral or in should an It is that the with the child’s to that needs are and parents in most communities report that children in foster care have access to dental care, a high prevalence of significant dental are to with their health and dental to access issues for children in foster is a and in foster care. foster families have a of but the should not that they have in parenting children and teenagers who have past and ongoing In to the should issues specific to foster care, such as on the child’s parenting the of trauma on child supporting children through permanency planning, in placement, significant the need for and with birth parents to and and children should be about planning for their and with teenagers in foster care, have their to to a pediatric can foster parents the emotional while supporting an parenting for foster families and youth in foster care and can a foster care placement for a the also the birth and the child’s in these is the of the foster care with the as the case However, the pediatric medical home has an important role to play in that a child in foster care all health-care in a and that and youth in care all and in the health-care that health with child welfare to and information health-care are in are in a unique position to for in of care for children in foster care, in of the health in the can with their the and a and on in the of Children in Foster and the children and families for their and her at Pediatrics and the of for their and
Pediatrics in Review · review · 19 citationsread the source →
Sex and Gender Disparities in the COVID-19 Pandemic
Journal of Women's HealthVol. 29, No. 4 CommentaryFree AccessSex and Gender Disparities in the COVID-19 PandemicJewel Gausman and Ana LangerJewel GausmanWomen & Health Initiative, Department of Global Health and Population, Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health, Boston, Massachusetts. Search for more papers by this author and Ana LangerAddress correspondence to: Ana Langer, MD, Women & Health Initiative, Department of Global Health and Population, Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health, 651 Huntington Avenue, FXB Building 6th Floor Office 643B, Boston, MA 02115 E-mail Address: [email protected]Women & Health Initiative, Department of Global Health and Population, Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health, Boston, Massachusetts. Search for more papers by this authorPublished Online:17 Apr 2020https://doi.org/10.1089/jwh.2020.8472AboutSectionsPDF/EPUB Permissions & CitationsPermissionsDownload CitationsTrack CitationsAdd to favorites Back To Publication ShareShare onFacebookXLinked InRedditEmail In the case of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, sex-disaggregated data suggest that fewer women are dying from the disease than men.1 However, taking this observation at face value oversimplifies the biological, behavioral, and social and systemic factors that may cause differences to emerge with regard to how women and men experience both the disease and its consequences. As governments react with swift and severe measures in their ongoing fight to control the pandemic's spread, it is important to understand how these actions may disproportionately increase the risks for women both directly and indirectly with regard to sex and gender. Pregnant women are often among the most vulnerable groups during public health emergencies. In some cases, pregnant women face increased biological susceptibility to adverse health outcomes, as in the case of some respiratory infections. With other emergent coronaviruses, such as those responsible for severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) and middle east respiratory syndrome (MERS), pregnant women who became infected were found to be more likely than nonpregnant women to experience severe complications.2 It is still too early to tell whether this will be the case with COVID-19.In the ongoing pandemic, other factors may have a ripple effect that put women at increased risk even if the disease itself does not. As made clear during the 2014 Ebola outbreak, the consequences of large-scale infectious disease outbreaks on uninfected pregnant women can be dire. Routine prenatal care appointments, if not interrupted or discontinued, may put women at increased risk of exposure to the virus. Overwhelmed hospitals struggling to function with staff and supply shortages may not be able to provide the high quality of care that all pregnant women and their newborns deserve, let alone respond to emergency obstetric complications. Furthermore, there is also a risk that life-saving treatments or vaccines will be denied to pregnant women over concern for fetal safety or a lack of data.3,4The fear of infection, concern for the well-being of friends and loved ones, uncertainty, disruption, and social isolation that have become part and parcel of daily life for many around the world will undoubtedly have profound effects on mental health on the population at large, but being pregnant during a global pandemic is likely to be even more frightening for many women. Although containment strategies, such as those that require women to deliver without a companion present, including partners and doulas, that have already been put into place in some cities in the United States,5 or those that separate newborns from their mothers immediately after birth if the mother is infected with COVID-196 may be clinically important to reduce transmission, they may also have profound short- and long-term mental health implications for women. Among women who have young children, previous research in Ethiopia, India, and Vietnam found that women who experience family-related stressful life events, such as illness or death within the household and financial uncertainty, are more likely to experience episodes of severe mental distress.7 With the ongoing need to social distance, family and community networks may struggle and pregnant and postpartum women may feel even more vulnerable and isolated over a lack of social support. The adverse effects of the pandemic in relation to women's reproductive health are not limited to pregnancy or motherhood. As movement restrictions are put into place, supply chains are disrupted, and businesses are shuttered, some women may be at increased risk of unintended pregnancy should it become difficult to obtain their regular contraceptive method or emergency contraceptives, if needed. Furthermore, some states within the United States have begun to impose restrictions on certain medical procedures that they deem to be elective, including abortion, suggesting they must be delayed until after the pandemic is over.8 Spikes in domestic violence during times of crisis are another area of grave concern for women's health, and as governments continue to put into place more extreme measures to enforce social distancing, for some women, more time at home may mean more time spent with an abusive partner. Fewer social interactions may also mean less accountability for perpetrators and fewer opportunities for others to intervene. Gender-related factors may also increase the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on women globally. Women constitute a disproportionately high percentage of caregivers in both the formal and informal sectors.9 A large proportion of frontline health care professionals (nurses, community health workers, health technicians, etc.) is women who face a higher risk of infection, morbidity, and death as a result of their profession.9 At the same time, women more frequently serve as the primary caregivers within a household, which may further increase their risk of exposure. In the United States, 65% of unpaid family caregivers are estimated to be women and 80% of them care for someone aged 50 years or older.10 Outside of their caregiving role, women are overrepresented in the informal employment sector. In low-and middle-income countries, two-thirds of women who work do so as part of the informal economy with limited access to health care for themselves and their families.9 Containment and mitigation policies that limit women's ability to perform their duties without offering effective alternatives, such as closing of daycare facilities for their children or not providing paid sick leave, may result in unnecessary exposure to disease and increased family vulnerability. It is urgent that we adopt a gender lens to study the pandemic and its effects, including the policies and actions that are put into place at the global, country, and local levels. This may be especially important in disadvantaged populations and resource-poor communities, where women are especially vulnerable. The public health community must ensure that existing health and social services meant to support women in the face of their unique needs do not disappear in lieu of the all-encompassing focus on stopping the pandemic. Furthermore, we argue that special attention needs to be paid to ensure that informal caregivers are supported, informed, and protected. To avoid making existing gender disparities larger as a result of the pandemic, a special body at the U.S. Centers of Disease Control and Prevention is urgently needed to track sex disaggregated data and analyze policies related to COVID-19 using a gender lens. Author Disclosure StatementNo competing financial interests exist. Funding InformationNo funding was received for this article. References1. Cai H. Sex difference and smoking predisposition in patients with COVID-19. Lancet Respir Med 2020;pii: S2213-2600(20)30117-X. Medline, Google Scholar2. Favre G, Pomar L, Musso D, Baud D. 2019-nCoV epidemic: What about pregnancies? Lancet 2020;395:e40. Crossref, Medline, Google Scholar3. Rasmussen SA, Smulian JC, Lednicky JA, Wen TS, Jamieson DJ. Coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) and pregnancy: What obstetricians need to know. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2020;pii: S0002-9378(20)30197-6. Medline, Google Scholar4. Weigel G. Novel coronavirus "COVID-19": Special considerations for pregnant women. Available at: https://www.kff.org/womens-health-policy/issue-brief/novel-coronavirus-covid-19-special-considerations-for-pregnant-women/?utm_source=Global+Health+NOW+Main+List Accessed March 17, 2020. Google Scholar5. Caron C, Syckle KV. Laboring alone: Some hospitals bar partners because of virus fears. The New York Times. 2020. Google Scholar6. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Practice advisory: Novel coronavirus 2019 (COVID-19). Available at: https://www.acog.org/Clinical-Guidance-and-Publications/Practice-Advisories/Practice-Advisory-Novel-Coronavirus2019?IsMobileSet=false Accessed March 13, 2020. Google Scholar7. Gausman J, Austin SB, Subramanian S, Langer A. Adversity, social capital, and mental distress among mothers of small children: A cross-sectional study in three low and middle-income countries. PLoS One 2020;15:e0228435. Crossref, Medline, Google Scholar8. Tavernise S. Texas and Ohio include abortion as medical procedures that must be delayed. The New York Times. 2020. Google Scholar9. Langer A, Meleis A, Knaul FM, et al. Women and health: The key for sustainable development. Lancet 2015;386:1165–1210. Crossref, Medline, Google Scholar10. Feinberg L, Reinhard SC, Houser A, Choula R. Valuing the invaluable: 2011 update, the growing contributions and costs of family caregiving. Washington, DC: AARP Public Policy Institute, 2011:32. Google ScholarFiguresReferencesRelatedDetailsCited byMachine learning-based prediction of COVID-19 mortality using immunological and metabolic biomarkers3 February 2023 | BMC Digital Health, Vol. 1, No. 1No fear: Willingness of smartphone activated first responders to assist with cardiac arrest during the COVID-19 pandemicResuscitation Plus, Vol. 13Overlooked sex and gender aspects of emerging infectious disease outbreaks: Lessons learned from COVID-19 to move towards health equity in pandemic response20 February 2023 | Frontiers in Global Women's Health, Vol. 4Anxiety, depression, and stress in youth during lockdown: differences between clinical and community samples13 February 2023 | CES Psicología, Vol. 16, No. 1Correlates of long-COVID-19: the role of demographics, chronic illness, and psychiatric diagnosis in an urban sample8 February 2023 | Psychology, Health & Medicine, Vol. 11Perception of COVID‐19 pandemic restrictions on dental researchers21 September 2022 | Journal of Dental Education, Vol. 87, No. 2Penicillin Allergy Evaluation and Health Equity: A Call to ActionThe Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology: In Practice, Vol. 11, No. 2Covid-19 Effects on Psychological Outcomes: How Do Gender Responses Differ?23 August 2021 | Psychological Reports, Vol. 126, No. 1Gendered Consequences of COVID-19 Among Professional Tennis Players24 August 2022 | Journal of Sports Economics, Vol. 24, No. 2Nursing Students' Perception about Gender Inequalities Presented on Social Networks: A Qualitative Study20 January 2023 | International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, Vol. 20, No. 3Laboring Alone: Perinatal Outcomes during Childbirth without a Birth Partner or Other Companion during the COVID-19 Pandemic1 February 2023 | International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, Vol. 20, No. 3Psychological Adjustment Profiles of LGBTQ+ Young Adults Residing with Their Parents during the COVID-19 Pandemic: An International Study11 February 2023 | International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, Vol. 20, No. 4The Ups and Downs of Feminist Activist Research: Positional Reflections1 March 2023Freiheit und Autonomie von Frauen in Zeiten der Coronakrise3 March 2023COVID-19 Concerns, Perceived Stress, and Increased Alcohol Use Among Adult Women in the United States18 November 2022 | Clinical Nursing Research, Vol. 32, No. 1"Life is hard": How the COVID-19 pandemic affected daily stressors of womenDialogues in Health, Vol. 1Laboratory predictors for COVID-19 Intensive Care Unit admissions in Trinidad and TobagoDialogues in Health, Vol. 1Sex-related disparities in students' disaster responses in the post-COVID-19 eraInternational Journal of Disaster Risk Reduction, Vol. 83Public perceptions during the first wave of the COVID-19 pandemic in Canada: a demographic analysis of self-reported beliefs, behaviors, and information acquisition9 April 2022 | BMC Public Health, Vol. 22, No. 1Implication of single nucleotide polymorphisms in Interleukin-10 gene (rs1800896 and rs1800872) with severity of COVID-191 October 2022 | Egyptian Journal of Medical Human Genetics, Vol. 23, No. 1Population Perspectives on Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Essential Health Services—Behavioral Insights from the Federation of Bosnia and Herzegovina3 December 2022 | Behavioral Sciences, Vol. 12, No. 12Gender and age structure of mortality caused by COVID-1923 November 2022 | Innovative Medicine of Kuban, No. 4Using trajectory modeling of spatio-temporal trends to illustrate disparities in COVID-19 death in flint and Genesee County, MichiganSpatial and Spatio-temporal Epidemiology, Vol. 43Neonatologist staffing models: urgent change is needed7 October 2022 | Journal of Perinatology, Vol. 42, No. 11The Structure of the Relationship between Physical Activity and Psychosocial Functioning of Women and Men during the COVID-19 Epidemic in Poland20 September 2022 | International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, Vol. 19, No. 19Syndemic aspects between COVID-19 pandemic and social inequalitiesWorld Journal of Methodology, Vol. 12, No. 5Impact of Social and Personal Factors on Psychological Distress in the Spanish Population in the COVID-19 Crisis9 September 2022 | The British Journal of Social Work, Vol. 28(Suppl 1)Levels of Depression and Anxiety Among Informal Caregivers During the COVID-19 Pandemic: A Study Based on the Canadian Longitudinal Study on Aging12 February 2022 | The Journals of Gerontology: Series B, Vol. 77, No. 9Knowledge, attitudes, and practices [KAP] toward COVID-19: A cross-sectional study in the New York Metropolitan Area and California Bay Area10 August 2022 | PLOS ONE, Vol. 17, No. 8Examining the impact of sex differences and the COVID-19 pandemic on health and health care: findings from a national cross-sectional study28 September 2022 | JAMIA Open, Vol. 5, No. 3Combination of cycle threshold time, absolute lymphocyte count and neutrophil:lymphocyte ratio is predictive of hypoxia in patients with SARS-CoV-2 infection11 December 2021 | Transactions of The Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, Vol. 116, No. 7Conflicto trabajo-familia de mujeres en situación de teletrabajo a partir de la contingencia sanitaria por COVID-19 en Chile15 June 2022 | Investigaciones Feministas, Vol. 13, No. 1Impact of COVID-19 restrictions on mental health and physical activity among LGBQAP and heterosexual adults21 December 2021 | Journal of Gay & Lesbian Mental Health, Vol. 26, No. 3Women's Use and Abuse of the News Media during the COVID-19 Pandemic on Mumsnet2 September 2021 | Digital Journalism, Vol. 10, No. 6COVID-19 effects on women's home and work life, family violence and mental health from the Women's Health Expert Panel of the American Academy of NursingNursing Outlook, Vol. 70, No. 4Perceived risk, political polarization, and the willingness to follow COVID-19 mitigation guidelinesSocial Science & Medicine, Vol. 305Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Postpartum Care in the Greater Boston Area During the COVID-19 Pandemic23 June 2022 | JAMA Network Open, Vol. 5, No. 6Access to contraception during the Covid-19 pandemic: barriers and perspectives1 June 2022 | Cadernos Saúde Coletiva, Vol. 30, No. 2Disparities by Sex in COVID-19 Risk and Related Harms Among People with Opioid Use Disorder Caitlin E. Martin, Bhushan Thakkar, DaShaunda D.H. Taylor, and Derek A. Chapman16 May 2022 | Journal of Women's Health, Vol. 31, No. 5Vision 2020: How and for E. A. E. S. and May 2022 | Journal of Women's Health, Vol. 31, No. of women in clinical A for and Clinical Vol. and urban towards pandemic May 2022 | Vol. the The of during a January 2022 | & Psychology, Vol. 32, No. and During the and of the COVID-19 Pandemic in April 2022 | Frontiers in Vol. to Greater With the COVID-19 and to Journal of Health Psychology, Vol. 29, No. of to the of SARS-CoV-2 With Anxiety and A Study of March 2022 | International Journal of Public Health, Vol. in the Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic in in The Gender in Vol. No. 3Women's health and access COVID-19 Outlook, Vol. 70, No. of to COVID-19 Outcomes in a Longitudinal of February 2022 | Vol. No. as March 2022 | Saúde Vol. No. COVID-19 wave in during the of and its with higher February 2022 | PLOS ONE, Vol. 17, No. well-being and during the COVID-19 pandemic in the United A February 2022 | The Social Science Vol. to and February 2022 | Psychology, Vol. women's during the COVID-19 pandemic in June 2021 | and An International Vol. No. an and at the same in work and during the coronavirus April 2021 | International Journal of Psychology, Vol. No. and local A in the time of November 2021 | International Journal of Psychology, Vol. No. and the During June 2021 | & Vol. 26, No. of Medical Care among in the United States during the COVID-19 May 2022 | Journal of Public Health Research, Vol. 11, No. the Gender Disparities in COVID-19 and January 2022 | & Vol. with public health for COVID-19: a study of mothers with young children in the United February 2022 | Journal of in Vol. No. Perspectives on January and Among Adults During the to COVID-191 February in and and during the COVID-19 pandemic health and and Vol. in the COVID‐19 Effects of on December 2021 | British Journal of Vol. No. effects of the on for an emerging January 2022 | & Vol. No. Distress among Dental during the COVID-19 December 2021 | International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, Vol. 19, No. physical and social of health during the COVID-19 lockdown: a for of depression, and stress in the population during social isolation to the COVID-19 a cross-sectional study28 April 2021 | BMC Vol. No. and but same mortality of severe disease in March 2021 | BMC Medicine, Vol. No. Factors with and among community October 2021 | and Health, Vol. 17, No. differences in a of COVID-19 patients during the first and pandemic August 2021 | of Sex Vol. 12, No. in December 2021 | Journal of Clinical Medicine, Vol. 10, No. November 2021 | of Coronavirus Anxiety in Women on and Birth One of Coronavirus October 2021 | Journal of and Research, Vol. No. in and among Young Adults During Social to March 2021 | The Journal of Sex Research, Vol. No. of COVID-19 short- and long-term Disparities in and October 2021 | PLOS ONE, Vol. 16, No. analysis of on 2021 | Journal of in Medicine, Vol. No. of and Among COVID-19 by States in Women An September 2021 | and Vol. No. of COVID-19 using Public Gender and COVID-19: a Social Media of 2021 | Journal of Research, Vol. 5, No. for COVID-19 and its impact on in the Research on and Economics, Vol. No. differences in mental health of Canadian during the COVID-19 of and Health, Vol. No. Use and Relationship to Stress, and Perceived During the COVID-19 Pandemic in August 2021 | Frontiers in Public Health, Vol. and Lessons for August 2021 | PLOS ONE, Vol. 16, No. in How women in the United States in of of during the pandemic of March 2021 | Journal of Psychology, Vol. No. of in severe COVID-19 and Vol. No. the gender June 2021 | Journal of Perinatal Medicine, Vol. No. and the Related Factors in for COVID-19 at 2021 | International Journal of Health and Sciences, Vol. No. Gender Disparities and A Vol. No. impact of COVID‐19 on women to A of December | & Vol. No. of the and During the Covid-19 2021 | Frontiers in Psychology, Vol. in a January 2021 | Vol. No. responses to COVID-19 to Abuse & Vol. in and Practice During Social Among Young Adults in the May 2021 | Medicine, Vol. No. SARS-CoV-2 pandemic: A Health, Vol. and and after the pandemic April 2021 | Clinical and Research, Vol. No. on in August | Vol. 13, No. An to COVID-19 February 2022 | Journal of Women and Social Vol. No. in the and Outcomes of With May 2021 | Journal of Medicine, Vol. 16, No. of COVID-19: and May 2021 | Frontiers in Public Health, Vol. in the of February 2022 | Journal of Human Vol. No. and of the COVID-19 pandemic from the of in May 2021 | Journal of Social Work, Vol. No. the Pandemic: December April health disparities in vulnerable populations of psychiatric patients during the COVID-19 Journal of Vol. 11, No. 4The Gender of to in March 2021 | Feminist Economics, Vol. No. in Risk Factors and Mental Health During the of the COVID-19 Pandemic: A of U.S. Women A. E. E. and April 2021 | Journal of Women's Health, Vol. 30, No. and of and in March 2021 | Medicine, Vol. No. impact of COVID-19 on the mental health of and Science & Medicine, Vol. of and with in April 2021 | Vol. 12, No. health and well-being of staff during the coronavirus disease 2019 4 and in an March 2021 | Journal of Vol. of Gender in the and of Coronavirus Disease 2019 An of Health and and March 2021 | Journal of Women's Health, Vol. 30, No. of the COVID-19 pandemic on and Vol. of COVID-19 and of and Public Health, Vol. No. cross-sectional study of the of and with perceptions of to March 2021 | Open, Vol. 11, No. research and social of health: at the of of impact on and of Clinical Medicine, Vol. 17, No. differences in responses to SARS-CoV-2 in patients with January 2021 | Reports, Vol. No. and to COVID-19 in and January 2021 | Policy and Practice, Vol. impact of COVID-19 among and of November | & Health, Vol. 26, No. in case and mortality of coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) among states in the United November | of Medicine, Vol. No. and pandemic risk and fear among September 2021 | Health and Behavioral Medicine, Vol. No. June 2021 | Vol. No. of and with of Coronavirus Related September 2021 | Vol. a January 2021 | Cadernos de Saúde Vol. No. and Among Vol. of Psychological Distress and Factors among During the COVID-19 Pandemic at in March 2021 | Disease and Vol. and on During the COVID-19 Pandemic in of Social Media October 2021 | Journal of Medical Research, Vol. 23, No. and and attitudes, and practices toward COVID-19 among birth of and Health Vol. 10, No. the of in COVID-19 October | Health Vol. No. in the of COVID-19 and political Vol. services in times of in of quality care for pregnant women and their October | Health Care for Women Vol. No. social support in the face of the December | Journal of & Vol. 12, No. with fear and during the COVID-19 pandemic in October | and Health, Vol. 16, No. and of People from by December | Journal of in Health, and Education, Vol. 10, No. is in gender and age for COVID-19 A December | Journal of and Vol. No. of SARS-CoV-2 Among Nursing and in September | Journal of Medicine, Vol. No. role of in the severity of learned from Vol. on gender disparities in the impact of the U.S. COVID-19 Research, Vol. Gender Women's Health and October | Frontiers in Global Women's Health, Vol. and the risk to and women during Journal of Vol. No. With Disparities in COVID-19 Outcomes in an Health Care October | JAMA Network Open, Vol. No. in the time of in August | Vol. 17, No. de la en en por September | Vol. No. de la COVID-19 en la de September | Vol. No. Perspectives to Health Research and Prevention During the COVID-19 | and Health Vol. 24, No. and Disease Disparities in the United in Vol. No. for a to | Global Public Health, Vol. No. and of in September | Vol. 11, No. and What is the Vol. No. we in Covid-19 women and men Vol. in of COVID-19: Insights a Vol. No. will The need to for the research on and the role of and and Vol. Impact and Factors During the of the Coronavirus (COVID-19) Pandemic Among the Population in June | Frontiers in Psychology, Vol. and of and the in SARS-CoV-2 to the in May | International Journal of Sciences, Vol. No. Coronavirus Disease 2019 the of August | Vol. Gender of to in January | Vol. Social of Vol. of of and Digital Vol. this Gausman and Ana and Gender Disparities in the COVID-19 of Women's in April 17,
Journal of Women s Health · editorial or comment · 306 citationsread the source →
Mental health aspects of pandemics with special reference to COVID-19
Pandemics are large-scale outbreak of disease that spreads rapidly, afflicting many persons simultaneously across multiple countries.[1] History tells us that as humans spread across the globe so did infections. Infections have been our constant companion since antiquity. Hunters and gatherers formed tribes that turned to farming and formed villages which gradually advanced to metropolis. Urbanization brought residents into denser neighborhoods, which combined with increasing populations are placing increasing pressure on the environment. Catastrophic pandemics have been occurring since antiquity and are frequently mentioned in ancient texts. Pandemics are associated with death, destruction, and devastation. Not surprisingly, pandemics are associated with long-term psychological consequences. A brief estimate of the effects of some of these pandemics is given below. Antonine plague (AD 165) The Antonine plague (the Plague of Galen) began in the far east. Soldiers returning to Rome from the far east brought back the infection which then spread throughout the Roman Empire. The pandemic killed about five million people. Plague of Justinian (541–542) The Justinian Plague (bubonic plague) started in central Africa and spread to Egypt and then hit the Byzantine Empire and many cities around the Mediterranean Sea, spreading with ease via a large number of ships, usually maintained in unhygienic condition, arriving into the ports. The plague killed about half the population of Europe, about 25 million people. Japanese small pox epidemic (735–737) The Japanese small pox epidemic affected most of Japan. As a consequence of this epidemic, approximately 1/3rd of the entire Japanese population (about 1 million) perished.[2] The Black Death (1346–1353) The Black Death or “The Plague” is the first pandemic about which reliable information is available. This pandemic of bubonic plague originated in China in 1334, spread through central Asia and northern India following the Silk Road, and reached Sicily in 1347. Over the next 5 years, it spread throughout Europe, Russia, and the Middle East. The mortality of untreated bubonic plague is close to 70%.[3] Over 50 years, the Black Death caused about 100 million deaths.[4] In subsequent centuries, the plague caused several outbreaks through Europe in causing death and destruction but never with the same ferocity as the initial pandemic.[5] Smallpox (1519–1520) The smallpox epidemic affected the native people of Mexico. It was brought by the European invaders. In this epidemic, about 5 million to 8 million people perished.[6] Cocoliztli epidemic (1545 and 1576) The Cocoliztli (probably indigenous hemorrhagic fevers) epidemics that began in 1545 and 1576 were catastrophic and killed about 7 million to 17 million people in the highlands of Mexico.[6] The 17th-century great plagues The 17th-century “great plagues” included the Great Plague of Seville (1647–1652), the Great Plague of London (1665-1666), and the Great Plague of Vienna (1679). A total of 3 million people died due to these plagues. The Third cholera epidemic (1852) The third cholera epidemic had the highest fatality of the epidemics in the 19th century. The pandemic originated in India and spread across the world. Over a million lives were lost due to this pandemic. The third plague pandemic (1855) The third plague pandemic began with the re-emergence of the disease from its wild rodent reservoir in the Yunnan province of China in 1855. From there, the disease advanced to K'unming in 1866, the Gulf of Tonkin in 1867, and the port of Pakhoi (now Pei-hai) in 1882 and Hong Kong in 1894. From there, it spread to ports in all continents by the infected rats traveling the international trade routes on the new steamships. For the next five decades, the pandemic waxed and waned throughout the world and ended in 1959. The third plague pandemic resulted in 15 million deaths, the majority of which were in India.[7] Yellow fever (the late 1800s) Multiple Yellow fever epidemics ravaged the Americas in the late 1800s, the last ending in 1905. Yellow fever claimed over 100,000 American lives. Though exterminated from America, yellow fever continues to ravage countries in the sub-Saharan Africa and tropical South America. Flu (1889–1890) This flu pandemic occurred due to the H3N8 subtype of the influenza virus. The pandemic originated in Russia and thereafter spread across many countries in the northern hemisphere. The spread of this epidemic was facilitated by the arrival of the modern transport infrastructure. The flu resulted in about one million deaths. Sixth cholera pandemic (1910–1911) The sixth cholera pandemic also originated in India. It spread through ships and other means of transport to the Middle East, North Africa, Eastern Europe, and Russia. The pandemic claimed 8,00,000 lives. The “Spanish Flu” pandemic (1918–1920) ”Spanish Flu” Pandemic was caused by the H1N1 influenza virus. It infected more than 25% of the global population. With a mortality rate of 10%–20%, it caused 50 million, possibly 100 million deaths. The Spanish Flu caused more deaths than the Black Death did in a century.[89] Asian flu (1957–1958) The Asian flu was caused by new influenza A (H2N2) virus of avian origin. The influenza outbreak originated from Singapore, spread to Hong Kong and the eastern coast of the USA in the late 1950s and later died out after a vaccine was introduced. This influenza pandemic claimed about 1.1 million lives. Hong Kong flu (1968) The Hong Kong flu was caused by influenza A (H3N2) virus which originated from an avian influenza A virus and killed one million people. It continues to cause seasonal influenza A virus associated with severe illness in older people. HIV pandemic HIV/AIDS unlike all previous and subsequent pandemics is a slowly progressing global pandemic that has over decades affected all the continents and different populations. In addition, due to the lengthy survival of patients, it has brought a host of challenges in its wake. HIV has infected about 74.9 million individuals all over the world and about 32 million have died (end 2018) since 1981. Every year, it continues to cause about one million deaths globally.[10] Severe acute respiratory syndrome (2002–2003) The first pandemic of the 21st century was severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) caused by the SARS coronavirus (SARS-CoV). The condition manifested with severe respiratory symptoms and had a mortality of 10%. It began in China in November 2002 and affected fewer than 10,000 individuals in 26 countries. As a result of effective public health preventive measures worldwide, the pandemic was contained by the mid-2003.[11] For the first time during and after the SARS pandemic, the psychiatric aspects were studied all over the world. Valuable information on the psychological effects of an acute infectious pandemic on affected individuals, families, communities, health-care workers, quarantine, survivors of severe illness, etc., was gathered.[812] The H1N1 or “Swine Flu” Pandemic (2009-2010) The Swine flu began in Mexico and affected over 10% of the population of the world. It caused an estimated 20,000 to500,000 deaths.[1314] Because the disease disproportionately affected healthy young adults, often quickly resulting in severe respiratory failure, it was perceived as extremely threatening. However, the final death rate was lower than the death rates of influenza. The initial announcements and warnings by the WHO caused alarm in the general public, but this changed to distrust and disgruntlement as the predicted dire consequences of the pandemic did not materialize.[15] Governments and health agencies were blamed for panic (”panicdemic”) and pushing vaccines without adequate study to enhance the profits of pharmaceutical firms at the cost of the general public (H1N1 vaccines worth 1.5 billion dollars were administered in 2009 in the USA alone).[816] The COVID-19 pandemic The pandemic caused by novel CoV (COVID-19) began in Wuhan in China and has spread to 215 countries. It has already affected 7,000,000 individuals and killed 313,636. The virus is more transmissible than SARS-CoV and has a case fatality rate of 2.3%.[17] A unique feature of this pandemic is the accompanying “infodemic”– an excess of (mis) information on social media and elsewhere – which is a major hazard to mental well-being during this health crisis.[18] PSYCHOLOGICAL FACTORS IN PANDEMICS Despite their periodic occurrence and devastating consequences, surprisingly, pandemics have evoked minimal interest in mental health professionals, though the situation has vastly improved in the past decade. Psychosocial stressors in pandemics Pandemics are almost invariably characterized by ambiguity, misunderstanding, and a feeling of urgency.[19] As the causative agent is usually new, in the early stages of a pandemic, there is widespread ambiguity about the chances and effects of becoming infected, along with lack of information and understanding about the most effective mode of prevention and treatment.[20] Other psychosocial stressors related to pandemics include threats to the health of self and loved ones, lockdowns, social distancing, separation from family and friends, death of loved ones, social isolation due to quarantine, shortages of food and medicines, loss of earnings, closure of educational institutions and industries, and cancellation of functions and festivals.[2122] Importance of psychological factors during pandemics The current methods for combating pandemics are largely behavioral or educational interventions comprising of risk communication, vaccination adherence programs, personal protective measures, and social distancing. Extreme psychological distress related to actual or threatened infection is a significant issue. Psychological factors are also essential for understanding and combating the collective disorderly behavioral patterns displayed by people facing widespread, serious infection. Effects of stressful life events and negative emotions on the immune system Stressful life events and negative emotions suppress the immune system to some degree, resulting in enhanced susceptibility to infection.[23] Although the mechanisms of these effects are not exactly known, research has shown that stressors and negative emotions influence the production of lymphocytes and pro-inflammatory cytokines.[23] On the other hand, psychotherapeutic interventions such as cognitive behavioral therapy by decreasing a person's stress proneness and negative emotions, may reduce stress-related immunosuppression.[24] The frantic chase for quack remedies and traditional therapies A serious threat to the health of self or loved ones can impair the person's ability to make rational decisions.[25] At the beginning of a pandemic, reliable vaccines and medical treatment are often not available. In this scenario, to protect themselves and their loved ones, people in desperation turn to quack remedies and dubious traditional therapies. Traditional remedies for influenza include inhalation of vapors of carbolic acid, wearing necklaces of garlic, and drinking pine tar. Folk remedies for SARS included diets of turnips, vinegar, kimchee, or spicy foods, and even smoking cigarettes, all of which were ineffective. We may add cow's urine to this list. During the SARS pandemic, some people in China hired sorcerers, lit firecrackers, and burned fake money. People take large doses of vitamins or herbal supplements in the hope that this will boost their immunity.[2226] Civil unrest, rioting, and violence Widespread sickness, debility, and death during pandemics evoke prosocial, affiliative, supportive, behaviors in the form of mutual aid such as running community kitchens, ambulance services, or disposal of dead bodies.[27] However, civil unrest or riots have sometimes erupted during pandemics.[28] There are numerous examples of groups of citizens clashing violently with health workers, due to fears that the health workers were harming rather than helping them.[22] During the Ebola outbreak in September 2014, eight health-care workers and journalists reached the Guinean village of Worme to teach the villagers how to protect themselves against Ebola. But, the villagers, believing that the workers were spreaders of the disease, attacked and killed them.[29] Villagers in Zhejiang province of China protesting the local government's SARS policy attacked officials and broke windows and furniture of the local offices.[26] The recent attack on health-care workers in Indore and other parts of India can be added to the list. Psychological reactions to stress, harm, and loss in pandemics The majority of people are resilient to stress, and this may be more true for people from developing countries. Many persons who survive major stressful events do not suffer adverse psychological effects. Experience of the recent past however tells us that the psychological effects of pandemics are often larger than the medical effects. For instance, during the West African Ebola outbreak (2014–2015), the “epidemic of fear” affected more people than the epidemic itself.[2230] Similarly, during the 2003 SARS pandemic, the psychological morbidity greatly exceeded the medical morbidity in terms of both the number and duration of impact.[3132] Reactions of people to the stress of pandemic vary from fear to indifference to fatalism.[33] At one end of the spectrum are people who blatantly disregard the risks and refuse to follow the recommended health behaviors including hygiene practices, social distancing, and vaccination. At the opposite end of the spectrum are people who develop intense anxiety or fear. Psychologically, a moderate level of anxiety motivates people to address health threats, but severe anxiety is incapacitating.[22] Studies conducted during the early stages of the Swine flu pandemic that of a community had significant of American some of anxiety about becoming of residents of that were about the health of their family to were not about the infection measures, and on a People had of fear even at of social media was associated with anxiety and behaviors in people had more fear for the of their in by the included more frequently and to health-care out in and stress symptoms were in in perceived stress in anxiety in in and in of the the were associated with recent stressful life a and of and syndrome were associated with quarantine, more than was associated with perceived stress, and Death of a loved one due to COVID-19 was associated with perceived stress, and During from the infected individuals, health-care workers are also This has manifested in their who are health-care workers, to their psychosocial stressors may or psychiatric including anxiety and stress or loss of loved ones in the pandemic may be by or a to widespread including the deaths of loved ones in the pandemic, may result in As a pandemic the general public to the threat and anxiety is However, in individuals, the adverse psychological effects can be severe and of pandemics The of a pandemic is by an for and from the the of developing a new vaccine is and the vaccine will not be it is the This be by Similarly, the of new is also and without is with against the to stressful as At the media that reliable information about the pandemic is for the general At the beginning of an epidemic, measures to that be time for the medical and pharmaceutical are the The of interventions for rates individuals and the virus are quarantine, social distancing, and the The public health during a pandemic is to the outbreak at the with minimal risk is for this of information by the general public to about to themselves from the infection. During a pandemic, and distrust of This can be by in the media and fake in social and through and is However, this is than in the beginning of a pandemic, there is a of information about the causative agent and its During the CoV pandemic in the media the of the This resulted in public of the government's on the of with a of time and the of symptoms was It was also after a of individuals who did not develop symptoms of the disease develop the disease spread the on this the was first in in of new to the were to for on a the to its during the Black the of spread throughout from also the infected, the and their close to the community spread of the infectious this continues to be a and public health to infectious measures measures that are usually recommended include with and and that are frequently and such as and are to the general public, of is Despite the of that individuals frequently do not follow are not by individuals who themselves as a risk of infection are to to be and to be isolation due to social is also by social closure can the spread of infection. from of due to to The due to is a more that of the The for is that by greatly decreasing at in the will reduce of resulting in a of the of and an to the in India the of COVID-19 was the same as in other countries without a that at this the infection spread from 100 people to million persons in A of the epidemic was predicted in that our health system was As a result of the the time to 8 which us an to our health infrastructure. The of the one was is a it and will not as is by the increasing or has been in countries. The and most have been by by and The USA and the have China Wuhan quarantine, but later it to 15 other with include South and The of are available. was a then it be that in countries that did not the our some countries with did have are in countries that did not even has given against total on from Wuhan a to the consequences of of the along with social on the pandemic. that in to reduce the epidemic and the and be the of social in the by the and then the entire without in the a is to be to a of with people and that COVID-19 is spreading There is even of to the be given the of and the of the of is the not the virus but is more to the people from and reactions to The and total on India due to the COVID-19 pandemic caused to our lives. The loss of over our lives and our may of and The to may in five stages including the and total in their loss of a result of to the new a result of and and hope stages are almost the stages of both are by an of It be that this is not a and the reactions of individuals to a some people will and most people are in these stages of the are not in of and people may even back and the stages the final and most of effects of People severe stress and in isolation may symptoms of psychological stress and and including and is a major of the of some the and to and of this can a of and a mental People with may develop symptoms due to to the stress of persons with psychiatric such as and such as may suffer from an or of This also be due to lack of their invariably to social which to and a general of fear and that may and in to psychiatric The fear of themselves or their loved ones to COVID-19 is a and may a mental in population. The in in and fake on social media to the anxiety and that is to mental Psychological effects of loss of of is one of the most and events a has to from the risk of and disease, the loss of a of or and family loss in an a of in and social It a loss of with an and persons with an has been and may be by a of from has been including the with of for an of time and of which is and the is time the death, for is to to life without the and is on a long-term and the of are and with ability to in and its factors for include loss of and adverse of the and the of different for in the of factors for include social and or A study of people that and of the had and anxiety individuals with anxiety and had such as and However, loss has long-term effects. of the consequences of loss on well-being during 3 to 3 after loss that the to loss is not a and are by a that the of a that on an an after loss and not to even after the which is in with In to multiple patterns of that with this with long-term in the in in to loss was for the majority of individuals to by 1 after of pandemics in A ability to to a pandemic on the and of its institutions and also the and behaviors of its The of an is by of of of of and also the of During the COVID-19 pandemic, that with had the rate of in COVID-19 for population and also the deaths for and these of the and institutions that behaviors that and citizens who the have The psychological reactions of people to pandemics are to and not Reactions of people to the stress of pandemic vary from fear to indifference to At one end of the spectrum are people who blatantly disregard the risks and refuse to follow the recommended health At the opposite end of the spectrum are people who develop intense anxiety or fear. Although the majority of the population are resilient to the stress of many health anxiety and and some develop psychiatric including anxiety and As a pandemic the general public to the threat and anxiety is However, in individuals, the adverse psychological effects can be severe and as a so that the treatment not than the
Industrial Psychiatry Journal · editorial or comment · 33 citationsread the source →
Assessment of Changes in Alcohol and Marijuana Abstinence, Co-Use, and Use Disorders Among US Young Adults From 2002 to 2018.
Importance: Recent information on the trends in past-year alcohol abstinence and marijuana abstinence, co-use of alcohol and marijuana, alcohol use disorder, and marijuana use disorder among US young adults is limited.
Objectives: To assess national changes over time in past-year alcohol and marijuana abstinence, co-use, alcohol use disorder, and marijuana use disorder among US young adults as a function of college status (2002-2018) and identify the covariates associated with abstinence, co-use, and marijuana use disorder in more recent cohorts (2015-2018).
Design, setting, and participants: This study examined cross-sectional survey data collected in US households annually between 2002 and 2018 as part of the National Survey on Drug Use and Health. The survey used an independent, multistage area probability sample for all states to produce nationally representative estimates. The sample included 182 722 US young adults aged 18 to 22 years. The weighted screening and weighted full interview response rates were consistently above 80% and 70%, respectively.
Main outcomes and measures: Measures included past-year abstinence, alcohol use, marijuana use, co-use, alcohol use disorder, marijuana use disorder, prescription drug use, prescription drug misuse, prescription drug use disorder, and other drug use disorders based on Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition (DSM-IV) criteria.
Results: The weighted sample comprised 51.1% males. Between 2002 and 2018, there was an annual increase in past-year alcohol abstinence among young adults (college students: 0.54%; 95% CI, 0.44%-0.64%; non-college students: 0.33%; 95% CI, 0.24%-0.43%). There was an annual increase in marijuana use from 2002 to 2018 (college: 0.46%; 95% CI, 0.37%-0.55%; non-college: 0.49%; 95% CI, 0.40%-0.59%) without an increase in marijuana use disorder for all young adults. Past-year alcohol use disorder decreased annually (college: 0.66%; 95% CI, 0.60%-0.74%; non-college: 0.61%; 95% CI, 0.55%-0.69%), while co-use of alcohol and marijuana increased annually between 2002 and 2018 among all young adults (college: 0.60%; 95% CI, 0.51%-0.68%; non-college: 0.56%; 95% CI, 0.48%-0.63%). Young adults who reported co-use of alcohol and marijuana or met criteria for alcohol use disorder and/or marijuana use disorder accounted for 82.9% of young adults with prescription drug use disorder and 85.1% of those with illicit drug use disorder. More than three-fourths of those with both alcohol use disorder and marijuana use disorder reported past-year prescription drug use (78.2%) and illicit drug use (77.7%); 62.2% reported prescription drug misuse.
Conclusions and relevance: The findings of this study suggest that US colleges and communities should create and maintain supportive resources for young adults as the substance use landscape changes, specifically as alcohol abstinence, marijuana use, and co-use increase. Interventions for polysubstance use, alcohol use disorder, and marijuana use disorder may provide valuable opportunities for clinicians to screen for prescription drug misuse.
JAMA pediatrics · 102 citationsread the source →
Ethnoracial and social trends in breast cancer staging at diagnosis in Brazil, 2001-14: a case only analysis.
Background: Policies for early detection of breast cancer, including clinical breast examinations and mammographic screening, were introduced in Brazil in 2004, but their effect on disease stage at diagnosis is unclear. We aimed to assess whether these policies have led to a decrease in the prevalence of late-stage breast cancer at diagnosis.
Methods: In this case only analysis, using an anonymised nationwide hospital based-cancer registry network, we identified women aged 18-89 years who had been diagnosed with an invasive breast cancer in Brazil during 2001-14. We extracted individual patient-level data on patient demographics, tumour variables, and health-care provider variables for the centre where the patient was diagnosed. Our objectives were to estimate the prevalence of late-stage breast cancer (TNM stage III or IV) at diagnosis overall, across age groups, and by ethnoracial and social strata (ie, self-reported ethnoracial group, as white, black, brown, Asian, or Indigenous, and educational level, marital status, and region of residence) across the study period, and compare these estimates with international data from high-income countries (Norway and the USA). We used logistic regression to estimate odds ratios (ORs) for late-stage versus early-stage (TNM stage I or II) breast cancer at diagnosis in relation to relevant exposures, either minimally adjusted (for age, year of diagnosis, and region of residence) or fully adjusted (for all patient, tumour, and health-care provider variables).
Findings: We identified 247 719 women who were diagnosed with invasive breast cancer between Jan 1, 2001, and Dec 31, 2014, with a mean age at diagnosis of 55·4 years (SD 13·3), of whom 36·2% (n=89 550) identified as white, 29·8% (n=73 826) as black or brown, and 0·7% (n=1639) as Asian or Indigenous. Prevalence of late-stage breast cancer at diagnosis remained high throughout 2001-14, at approximately 40%, was inversely associated with educational level (p value for linear trend <0·0001), and was higher for women who identified as black (minimally adjusted OR 1·61, 95% CI 1·53-1·70; fully adjusted OR 1·45, 95% CI 1·38-1·54) and brown (minimally adjusted OR 1·26, 95% CI 1·22-1·30; fully adjusted OR 1·18, 1·14-1·23) than those who identified as white. The predicted prevalence of late-stage cancer at diagnosis was highest for women who were black or brown with little or no formal education (48·8%, 95% CI 48·2-49·5) and lowest for women who were white with university education (29·4%, 28·2-30·6), but both these prevalences were higher than that of all women diagnosed with breast cancer in Norway before the introduction of mammography screening (ie, 16·3%, 95% CI 15·4%-17·2% in 1970-74). Similar ethnoracial and social patterns emerged in analyses restricted to the age group targeted by screening (50-69 years).
Interpretation: The persistently high prevalence of late-stage breast cancer at diagnosis across all ethnoracial and social strata in Brazil, although more substantially among the most disadvantaged populations, implies that early detection policies might have had little effect on breast cancer mortality so far, and highlights the need to focus primarily on timely diagnosis of symptomatic breast cancer rather than on screening for asymptomatic disease.
Funding: Newton Fund, Research Councils UK, and Conselho Nacional das Fundações Estaduais de Amparo à Pesquisa.
The Lancet. Global health · 56 citationsread the source →
Kiss L, Pocock NS, Naisanguansri V, Suos S, Dickson B, Thuy D, Koehler J, Sirisup K, Pongrungsee N, Nguyen VA, Borland R, Dhavan P, Zimmerman C. (2015)MEDLINE-indexed journal, not yet read by usThe Lancet. Global health Health of men, women, and children in post-trafficking services in Cambodia, Thailand, and Vietnam: an observational cross-sectional study.
Background: Trafficking is a crime of global proportions involving extreme forms of exploitation and abuse. Yet little research has been done of the health risks and morbidity patterns for men, women, and children trafficked for various forms of forced labour.
Methods: We carried out face-to-face interviews with a consecutive sample of individuals entering 15 post-trafficking services in Cambodia, Thailand, and Vietnam. We asked participants about living and working conditions, experience of violence, and health outcomes. We measured symptoms of anxiety and depression with the Hopkins Symptoms Checklist and post-traumatic stress disorder with the Harvard Trauma Questionnaire, and used adjusted logistic regression models to estimate the effect of trafficking on these mental health outcomes, controlling for age, sector of exploitation, and time in trafficking.
Findings: We interviewed 1102 people, of whom 1015 reached work destinations. Participants worked in various sectors including sex work (329 [32%]), fishing (275 [27%]), and factories (136 [13%]). 481 (48%) of 1015 experienced physical violence, sexual violence, or both, with 198 (35%) of 566 women and girls reporting sexual violence. 478 (47%) of 1015 participants were threatened and 198 (20%) were locked in a room. 685 (70%) of 985 who had data available worked 7 days per week and 296 (30%) of 989 worked at least 11 hours per day. 222 (22%) of 983 had a serious injury at work. 61·2% (95% CI 58·2-64·2) of participants reported symptom of depression, 42·8% (39·8-45·9) reported symptoms of anxiety, and 38·9% (36·0-42·0) reported symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder. 5·2% (4·0-6·8) had attempted suicide in the past month. Participants who experienced extremely excessive overtime at work, restricted freedom, bad living conditions, threats, or severe violence were more likely to report symptoms of depression, anxiety, and post-traumatic stress disorder.
Interpretation: This is the first health study of a large and diverse sample of men, women, and child survivors of trafficking for various forms of exploitation. Violence and unsafe working conditions were common and psychological morbidity was associated with severity of abuse. Survivors of trafficking need access to health care, especially mental health care.
Funding: Anesvad Foundation and International Organization for Migration International Development Fund.
The Lancet. Global health · 87 citationsread the source →
Suicide in children and young people in England: a consecutive case series.
Background: There is concern about the mental health of children and young people and a possible rise in suicidal behaviour in this group. We have done a comprehensive national multi-agency study of suicide in under 20s in England. We aimed to establish how frequently suicide is preceded by child-specific and young person-specific suicide risk factors, as well as all-age factors, and to identify contact with health-care and social-care services and justice agencies.
Methods: This study is a descriptive examination of suicide in a national consecutive sample of children and young people younger than 20 years who died by suicide in England between Jan 1, 2014, and April 30, 2015. We obtained general population mortality data from the Office for National Statistics (ONS). We collected information about antecedents considered to be relevant to suicide (eg, abuse, bullying, bereavement, academic pressures, self-harm, and physical health) from a range of investigations and inquiries, including coroner inquest hearings, child death investigations, criminal justice system reports, and the National Health Service, including data on people in contact with mental health services in the 12 months before their death.
Findings: 145 suicides in people younger than 20 years were notified to us during the study period, of which we were able to obtain report data about antecedents for 130 (90%). The number of suicides rose sharply during the late teens with 79 deaths by suicide in people aged 18-19 years compared with 66 in people younger than 18 years. 102 (70%) deaths were in males. 92 (63%) deaths were by hanging. Various antecedents were reported among the individuals for whom we had report data, including academic (especially exam) pressures (35 [27%] individuals), bullying (28 [22%]), bereavement (36 [28%]), suicide in family or friends (17 [13%]), physical health conditions (47 [36%]), family problems (44 [34%]), social isolation or withdrawal (33 [25%]), child abuse or neglect (20 [15%]), excessive drinking (34 [26%]), and illicit drug use (38 [29%]). Suicide-related internet use was recorded in 30 (23%) cases. In the week before death 13 (10%) individuals had self-harmed and 35 (27%) had expressed suicidal ideas. 56 (43%) individuals had no known contact with health-care and social-care services or justice agencies.
Interpretation: Improved services for self-harm and mental health are crucial to suicide prevention, but the wide range of antecedents emphasises the roles of schools, primary care, social services, and the youth justice system.
Funding: The Healthcare Quality Improvement Partnership.
The lancet. Psychiatry · 71 citationsread the source →
Yusuf S, Joseph P, Rangarajan S, Islam S, Mente A, Hystad P, Brauer M, Kutty VR, Gupta R, Wielgosz A, AlHabib KF, Dans A, Lopez-Jaramillo P, Avezum A, Lanas F, Oguz A, Kruger IM, Diaz R, Yusoff K, Mony P, Chifamba J, Yeates K, Kelishadi R, Yusufali A, Khatib R, Rahman O, Zatonska K, Iqbal R, Wei L, Bo H, Rosengren A, Kaur M, Mohan V, Lear SA, Teo KK, Leong D, O'Donnell M, McKee M, Dagenais G. (2020)MEDLINE-indexed journal, not yet read by usLancet (London, England) Modifiable risk factors, cardiovascular disease, and mortality in 155 722 individuals from 21 high-income, middle-income, and low-income countries (PURE): a prospective cohort study.
Background: Global estimates of the effect of common modifiable risk factors on cardiovascular disease and mortality are largely based on data from separate studies, using different methodologies. The Prospective Urban Rural Epidemiology (PURE) study overcomes these limitations by using similar methods to prospectively measure the effect of modifiable risk factors on cardiovascular disease and mortality across 21 countries (spanning five continents) grouped by different economic levels.
Methods: In this multinational, prospective cohort study, we examined associations for 14 potentially modifiable risk factors with mortality and cardiovascular disease in 155 722 participants without a prior history of cardiovascular disease from 21 high-income, middle-income, or low-income countries (HICs, MICs, or LICs). The primary outcomes for this paper were composites of cardiovascular disease events (defined as cardiovascular death, myocardial infarction, stroke, and heart failure) and mortality. We describe the prevalence, hazard ratios (HRs), and population-attributable fractions (PAFs) for cardiovascular disease and mortality associated with a cluster of behavioural factors (ie, tobacco use, alcohol, diet, physical activity, and sodium intake), metabolic factors (ie, lipids, blood pressure, diabetes, obesity), socioeconomic and psychosocial factors (ie, education, symptoms of depression), grip strength, and household and ambient pollution. Associations between risk factors and the outcomes were established using multivariable Cox frailty models and using PAFs for the entire cohort, and also by countries grouped by income level. Associations are presented as HRs and PAFs with 95% CIs.
Findings: Between Jan 6, 2005, and Dec 4, 2016, 155 722 participants were enrolled and followed up for measurement of risk factors. 17 249 (11·1%) participants were from HICs, 102 680 (65·9%) were from MICs, and 35 793 (23·0%) from LICs. Approximately 70% of cardiovascular disease cases and deaths in the overall study population were attributed to modifiable risk factors. Metabolic factors were the predominant risk factors for cardiovascular disease (41·2% of the PAF), with hypertension being the largest (22·3% of the PAF). As a cluster, behavioural risk factors contributed most to deaths (26·3% of the PAF), although the single largest risk factor was a low education level (12·5% of the PAF). Ambient air pollution was associated with 13·9% of the PAF for cardiovascular disease, although different statistical methods were used for this analysis. In MICs and LICs, household air pollution, poor diet, low education, and low grip strength had stronger effects on cardiovascular disease or mortality than in HICs.
Interpretation: Most cardiovascular disease cases and deaths can be attributed to a small number of common, modifiable risk factors. While some factors have extensive global effects (eg, hypertension and education), others (eg, household air pollution and poor diet) vary by a country's economic level. Health policies should focus on risk factors that have the greatest effects on averting cardiovascular disease and death globally, with additional emphasis on risk factors of greatest importance in specific groups of countries.
Funding: Full funding sources are listed at the end of the paper (see Acknowledgments).
Lancet (London, England) · 1417 citationsread the source →
The impact of ART on union dissolution: a register-based study in Denmark 1994-2010.
Study question: Are couples initiating ART treatment at higher risk for future union dissolution compared to other couples?
Summary answer: There is no effect of ART treatments in future marital dissolution over a period of 16 years when adjusting for all confounders.
What is known already: Findings regarding marital stability and infertility treatments have been sparse and controversial. While there is data showing higher divorce rates among women who go through infertility treatments, there is also some evidence of this experience bringing couples closer by forcing them to communicate more and to deal with the surrounding stigma. Using a population-based study and couple-level data, we investigated the extent to which ART treatment increases the risk for divorce/marital dissolution during up to 16 years of follow-up.
Study design size, duration: Register-based national cohort study including all women registered with ART treatment in Denmark between 1 January 1994 and 30 September 2009 (n = 42 845). Marital/cohabiting status was confirmed by matching these women to partners who they were married to or shared an address with. To account for having a significant relationship at baseline (2 years), marital/cohabiting status was confirmed by accessing this variable before the establishment of the cohort back to 1 January 1992.
Participants/materials, setting, methods: A comparison group from the background population including five controls per case and matched to female age at baseline was prospectively sampled. Participants could change status during follow-up if they entered ART. The final sample had 148 972 couples, followed until marital dissolution, death of self/spouse, migration or until 31 December 2010. We used Cox regression models adjusting for female and male age, education, marriage, common child at baseline and live-born child during follow-up.
Main results and the role of chance: At baseline, the majority of couples were married (69%). More non-ART couples opted for marriage (70% versus 64%; P < 0.0001) and already had common children at study entry (43% versus 9%; P < 0.0001). During the 16 years of follow-up the majority of couples had children with their baseline partners (56% non-ART versus 65% ART), and 22% ended up separated or divorced (20% ART versus 22% non-ART). Findings revealed a lower risk of break-up among ART couples (crude HR 0.84, 95% CI 0.82-0.86), even after adjusting for both partners' age, education, partnership status and having a common child at baseline (adj HR 0.83, 95% CI 0.80-0.86). However, when subsequent common children (time-dependent) was added to the model, no difference in the risk of dissolution was found (adj HR 1.00, 95% CI 0.99-1.01). A significant interaction between ART status and common children showed that the risk of break-up was attributed to childlessness regardless of having gone through ART treatment.
Limitations reason for caution: This study did not control for involuntary childlessness, non-ART fertility care (ovulation induction, IUI) and biological parenthood. Additionally, there are important predictors of divorce that were not considered. We were unable to adjust for religion, existence of previous marital relationships, income, employment, health status of parents and child(ren), and quality of relationship.
Wider implication of findings: The finding that going through ART does not increase the risk of break up per se is reassuring for couples who underwent ART and have children or are contemplating to start ART.
Study funding/competing interest(s): This work was supported by FCT (Portuguese Foundation for Science and Technology), grant ref. SFRH/BPD/85789/2012. The authors have no conflicts of interest.
Trial registration number: N/A.
Human reproduction (Oxford, England) · 11 citationsread the source →
PARENTS 2 study: consensus report for parental engagement in the perinatal mortality review process.
Objective: The PARENTS 1 study (Parents' Active Role and ENgagement in The review of their Stillbirth/perinatal death) found that parents would endorse the opportunity to give feedback into the perinatal mortality review (PNMR) process. In subsequent focus groups, healthcare professionals were positive about parental engagement, although they considered that there may be significant challenges. The objective of this study was to develop core principles and recommendations for parental engagement in PNMR in the UK.
Methods: A two-round Delphi technique was followed to reach consensus on core principles for parental engagement in the PNMR process; Round 1 included a national consensus workshop and Round 2 an online questionnaire. The consensus meeting was attended by a national panel of stakeholders (clinical and academic experts, parent advocates, managers and commissioners) in stillbirth and neonatal and bereavement care. To develop recommendations for parental engagement, participants discussed four key areas comprising: communication with parents, including receiving feedback; the format of the PNMR meeting; the parental engagement pathway; and challenging aspects of engaging with parents in reviews. Content analysis was conducted to generate recommendations from the meeting for a subsequent anonymous web-based survey. Attendees of the consensus workshop and members of the PARENTS 2 Project Advisory Board were asked to rank recommendations using a 9-point Likert scale from 1 (not important) to 9 (critically important). It had been agreed a priori, in compliance with established Grading of Recommendations, Assessment, Development and Evaluation (GRADE) criteria, that 'consensus' would be achieved if over 70% of participants scored the principle as 'critical' (score of 7-9) and fewer than 15% scored the principle as 'not important' (score of 1-3). Principles for which consensus was achieved were included in the core recommendations.
Results: Of the 29 invited stakeholders, 22 participated in the consensus meeting and 25 (86% response rate) in the subsequent online questionnaire in June 2017. Consensus was agreed on 12 core principles. Of the 25 participants, 96% agreed that a face-to-face explanation of the PNMR process was of critical importance, 72% considered that parents should be offered the opportunity to nominate a suitable advocate, 92% believed that responses to parents' comments should be formally documented, 96% indicated that it was vital for action plans to be translated into lessons learnt and that this process should be monitored, and 100% of stakeholders voted that a plain-English summary should be produced for the parents following the meeting. There was good agreement on a further seven principles.
Conclusions: Key national stakeholders were unanimously supportive of parental engagement in the PNMR process and agreed on core principles to make this process feasible, meaningful and robust. A 6-month pilot of parental engagement in the PNMR process (PARENTS 2 study) in two UK units took place after the consensus on core principles. In collaboration with the National Perinatal Epidemiology Unit, the findings will inform the national standardized PNMR tool. © 2018 The Authors. Ultrasound in Obstetrics & Gynecology published by John Wiley & Sons Ltd on behalf of the International Society of Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology.
Ultrasound in obstetrics & gynecology : the official journal of the International Society of Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology · 13 citationsread the source →
Pesticides detected in two urban areas have implications for local butterfly conservation.
Human-managed green spaces in urban landscapes have become important focal points for insect conservation, partly because of the desirable insect diversity that these areas support, and also because exposure to nature is important for human health and wellbeing. An important issue in insect conservation is the extent to which nonpest insects are impacted by pesticide applications, but this has been relatively less examined outside of agricultural landscapes. Here, we investigated green spaces, including parks and private yards, in two urban areas (Sacramento, California, and Albuquerque, New Mexico, United States), asking if larval host plants for butterflies in the two regions contained herbicides, insecticides, and fungicides. We assayed 336 individual plants in 19 genera, including woody and herbaceous plants. Pesticide presence was ubiquitous: only 22 samples had no detectable levels of pesticides; the median number of compounds detected in the other 314 individual plants was three; and the maximum detected in any one plant was 18. Within Sacramento, azoxystrobin was detected in 84% of all samples, whereas atrazine was detected in 70% of samples within Albuquerque. Two compounds (azoxystrobin and chlorantraniliprole) were found to exceed concentrations that are known to cause lethal and sublethal effects in 71 out of 336 plants. Our results suggest that the effects of pesticides on nontarget species should be further explored in urban areas, and that nontarget effects on desirable insects are possible in these areas without thoughtful management and elimination of nonessential pesticide applications.
Environmental toxicology and chemistryread the source →
D'Cruz RF, Waller MD, Perrin F, Periselneris J, Norton S, Smith LJ, Patrick T, Walder D, Heitmann A, Lee K, Madula R, McNulty W, Macedo P, Lyall R, Warwick G, Galloway JB, Birring SS, Patel A, Patel I, Jolley CJ. (2021)MEDLINE-indexed journal, not yet read by usERJ open research Chest radiography is a poor predictor of respiratory symptoms and functional impairment in survivors of severe COVID-19 pneumonia.
Background: A standardised approach to assessing COVID-19 survivors has not been established, largely due to the paucity of data on medium- and long-term sequelae. Interval chest radiography is recommended following community-acquired pneumonia; however, its utility in monitoring recovery from COVID-19 pneumonia remains unclear.
Methods: This was a prospective single-centre observational cohort study. Patients hospitalised with severe COVID-19 pneumonia (admission duration ≥48 h and oxygen requirement ≥40% or critical care admission) underwent face-to-face assessment at 4-6 weeks post-discharge. The primary outcome was radiological resolution of COVID-19 pneumonitis (Radiographic Assessment of Lung Oedema score <5). Secondary outcomes included clinical outcomes, symptom questionnaires, mental health screening (Trauma Screening Questionnaire, seven-item Generalised Anxiety Disorder assessment and nine-item Patient Health Questionnaire) and physiological testing (4-m gait speed (4MGS) and 1-min Sit-to-Stand (STS) tests).
Results: 119 patients were assessed between June 3, 2020 and July 2, 2020 at median (interquartile range (IQR)) 61 (51-67) days post-discharge: mean±sd age 58.7±14.4 years, median (IQR) body mass index 30.0 (25.9-35.2) kg·m-2, 62% male and 70% ethnic minority. Despite radiographic resolution of pulmonary infiltrates in 87%, modified Medical Research Council Dyspnoea (breathlessness) scale grades were above pre-COVID-19 baseline in 44%, and patients reported persistent fatigue (68%), sleep disturbance (57%) and breathlessness (32%). Screening thresholds were breached for post-traumatic stress disorder (25%), anxiety (22%) and depression (18%). 4MGS was slow (<0.8 m·s-1) in 38% and 35% desaturated by ≥4% during the STS test. Of 56 thoracic computed tomography scans performed, 75% demonstrated COVID-19-related interstitial and/or airways disease.
Conclusions: Persistent symptoms, adverse mental health outcomes and physiological impairment are common 2 months after severe COVID-19 pneumonia. Follow-up chest radiography is a poor marker of recovery; therefore, holistic face-to-face assessment is recommended to facilitate early recognition and management of post-COVID-19 sequelae.
ERJ open research · 117 citationsread the source →
Depressive Symptoms in Relation to Adverse Childhood Experiences, Discrimination, Hope, and Social Support in a Diverse Sample of College Students.
Background: Young adulthood is a critical transitory period, with various factors impacting mental health and longer-term health outcomes, particularly among racial/ethnic minorities. Drawing from minority stress theory, this study examined correlates of depressive symptoms, specifically adverse childhood experiences (ACEs), racial/ethnic discrimination, hope, social support, and their interactive effects, among a diverse sample of college students.
Methods: We analyzed data from 666 racial/ethnic minority college students (57% Black, 22% Latinx, 21% Asian) attending seven colleges and universities in the state of Georgia. Depressive symptoms were assessed using the Patient Health Questionnaire-9 Item (PHQ-9). Multivariable linear regressions included ACEs, racial/ethnic discrimination, hope, and social support, adjusting for sex, race/ethnicity, parent education, nativity, and age. We tested two-way interaction terms in four separate models to examine the potential buffering effect of social support and hope on the association between ACEs and discrimination.
Results: Participants were on average 20.56 years old (SD = 1.93) and 30% were male. The mean PHQ-9 score was 3.89 (SD = 4.91); 56% reported at least one ACE; 70% experienced racial/ethnic discrimination. ACEs and racial/ethnic discrimination correlated with higher levels of depressive symptoms; higher social support and hope correlated with decreased depressive symptoms. While hope and social support did not moderate the relationships between ACEs or discrimination and depressive symptoms among the full sample, racial/ethnic subgroup analyses indicated that, among Asian students, the positive association between discrimination and depressive symptoms was significantly weaker for those perceiving greater hope.
Conclusions: Eliminating racial/ethnic disparities in mental health requires concerted efforts to prevent and/or reduce ACEs and discrimination and identifying protective factors that can mitigate their relationship to depressive symptoms.
Journal of racial and ethnic health disparities · 7 citationsread the source →
Outcomes of community-based suicide prevention program in primary health care of Iran.
Background: Suicidal management and prevention in communities, especially in its first stages, is an effective intervention for the health systems. However, in numerous societies most cases go undetected. Primary Health Care (PHC) is an effective place for the management of Suicide Prevention Programs (SPP). In Malekan County, a health community assessment found suicide as the most important health problem. A regional SPP was performed for suicide prevention during 2014-2017.
Methods: This study was carried out in six steps: (1) Establishing a research team, (2) Improving a registry for suicidal behaviors (SBs), (3) Identifying local determinants of SBs, (4) Training healthcare providers, (5) Follow-up and monitoring of SBs, and (6) Public awareness campaigns. Our ultimate goal was to lower the rates of suicide, and suicide attempt (SA) by 15 and 20 %, respectively. Multiple logistic regression was used to estimate the adjusted odds ratios and the 95% confidence intervals.
Results: A total of 821 SAs and 32 suicides were identified. The gender distribution for suicides was 70% males whereas SAs were 64% among females. The majority of suicides occurred in spring 18 (56.25%) while summer was the most common season among SAs 288 (35.8%). Almost 62 and 75% of suicides and SAs have used hanging and poisoning methods, respectively. Hanging increased suicide risk significantly (OR: 8.5, 95% CI 2.9-76.99). During the study, 93 life-skill and parenting education sessions were held. The incidence rates of suicide and SA decreased from 11.22, and 203 per 100,000 in 2013 to 2.63, and 157 in 2017, respectively. Similarly, the re-attempt to SAs ratio decreased from 12% to 2013 to 6.7% in 2017. Moreover, more than 8% of SBs were collected from adjacent Counties.
Conclusions: At the study end, suicide, SA, and re-attempt were lowered by 75%, 22%, and 42%, respectively. The practical framework that achieved in this study could be used as a basis for developing future SPPs and suicide researches in the Iranian context. Furthermore, the various socio-economic and socio-cultural challenges highlight the need to consider a wide range of contextual factors when developing an SPP.
International journal of mental health systems · 22 citationsread the source →
Association between suicidal ideation and suicide: meta-analyses of odds ratios, sensitivity, specificity and positive predictive value.
Background: The expression of suicidal ideation is considered to be an important warning sign for suicide. However, the predictive properties of suicidal ideation as a test of later suicide are unclear. AimsTo assess the strength of the association between suicidal ideation and later suicide measured by odds ratio (OR), sensitivity, specificity and positive predictive value (PPV).
Method: We located English-language studies indexed in PubMed that reported the expression or non-expression of suicidal ideation among people who later died by suicide or did not. A random effects meta-analysis was used to assess the pooled OR, sensitivity, specificity and PPV of suicidal ideation for later suicide among groups of people from psychiatric and non-psychiatric settings.
Results: There was a moderately strong but highly heterogeneous association between suicidal ideation and later suicide (n = 71, OR = 3.41, 95% CI 2.59-4.49, 95% prediction interval 0.42-28.1, I2 = 89.4, Q-value = 661, d.f.(Q) = 70, P ≤0.001). Studies conducted in primary care and other non-psychiatric settings had similar pooled odds to studies of current and former psychiatric patients (OR = 3.86 v. OR = 3.23, P = 0.7). The pooled sensitivity of suicidal ideation for later suicide was 41% (95% CI 35-48) and the pooled specificity was 86% (95% CI 76-92), with high between-study heterogeneity. Studies of suicidal ideation expressed by current and former psychiatric patients had a significantly higher pooled sensitivity (46% v. 22%) and lower pooled specificity (81% v. 96%) than studies conducted in non-psychiatric settings. The PPV among non-psychiatric cohorts (0.3%, 95% CI 0.1%-0.5%) was significantly lower (Q-value = 35.6, P < 0.001) than among psychiatric samples (3.9%, 95% CI 2.2-6.6).
Conclusions: Estimates of the extent of the association between suicidal ideation and later suicide are limited by unexplained between-study heterogeneity. The utility of suicidal ideation as a test for later suicide is limited by a modest sensitivity and low PPV.Declaration interestM.M.L. and C.J.R. have provided expert evidence in civil, criminal and coronial matters. I.B.H. has been a Commissioner in Australia's National Mental Health Commission since 2012. He is the Co-Director, Health and Policy at the Brain and Mind Centre (BMC) University of Sydney. The BMC operates an early-intervention youth services at Camperdown under contract to Headspace. I.B.H. has previously led community-based and pharmaceutical industry-supported (Wyeth, Eli Lily, Servier, Pfizer, AstraZeneca) projects focused on the identification and better management of anxiety and depression. He is a Board Member of Psychosis Australia Trust and a member of Veterans Mental Health Clinical Reference group. He was a member of the Medical Advisory Panel for Medibank Private until October 2017. He is the Chief Scientific Advisor to, and an equity shareholder in, InnoWell. InnoWell has been formed by the University of Sydney and PricewaterhouseCoopers to administer the $30 M Australian Government Funded Project Synergy. Project Synergy is a 3-year programme for the transformation of mental health services through the use of innovative technologies.
BJPsych open · 120 citationsread the source →
Pathophysiology of the risk factors associated with osteoporosis and their correlation to the T-score value in patients with osteopenia and osteoporosis in the United Arab Emirates
INTRODUCTION Osteoporosis is a bone disorder, characterized by loss of bone strength because of an imbalance between the bone resorption and the mechanisms of bone formation, leading to increased fragility and fractures. Pathophysiological mechanisms underlying this disorder include an inadequate formation response during the remodeling process of bone formation, which is an essential factor in osteoporosis pathogenesis. This inadequacy is due to the activation of large numbers of osteoclasts as a response to initiation of hematopoietic precursor cells with failure of normal interaction with the osteoblastic lineage. This will lead to excessive bone resorption that may result in complete loss of trabecular structure and loss of template for new bone formation. The time required for osteoblastic replacement is longer than the resorption phase of bone remodeling by osteoclasts. Therefore, any increase in bone remodeling will lead to damaged architecture and loss of bone mass.[1] Recently, it has been estimated that more than 200 million people worldwide have osteoporosis. On the basis of a statistics from the International Osteoporosis Foundation in 2017, one in five men and one in three women over the age of 50 years will experience fractures during their lifetime because of osteoporosis. Furthermore, it has been found that an osteoporotic fracture occurs every 3s, with the most common fractures occurring at the hip, spine, and wrist.[23] Osteoporotic fractures may be the first manifestation of the disease, which is why it is called a silent disease. Risk factors of osteoporosis, decreased bone mineral density (BMD), and increased fragility fractures may be modifiable or non-modifiable. Among the modifiable factors are low body mass index (BMI), vitamin D deficiency, low calcium intake, excessive caffeine and alcohol consumption, smoking, sedentary life and low physical activity, endocrine disorders (such as estrogen deficiency and insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus or hyperparathyroidism), some drugs (such as corticosteroids), and previous history of fragility fractures. The non-modifiable factors include female gender, family history, race, and early menopause.[45] According to the World Health Organization (WHO) diagnostic criteria, osteoporosis is diagnosed by BMD at the hip or spine, which is below the young normal mean reference population by 2.5 standard deviations (SDs) or more. This is called the T-score, and osteopenia is diagnosed by BMD less than or equal to 1 SD.[6] The guidelines for osteoporosis screening vary greatly in various publications. In general, most organizations recommend that all adults older than 50 years of age with a history of fracture must receive BMD screening.[7] Dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry (DXA) at the hip or spine is the best test for measuring central BMD. An association is present between the T-score values in DXA in patients with osteoporosis or osteopenia and the risk of fractures. A fracture risk assessment tool (FRAX) was designed. It is estimated that for every 1 SD decline in spine BMD, the risk of having a spine fracture increases 2.3 times and the risk of having a hip fracture increases 2.6 times.[89] As the most common bone disease in humans, the prevalence of osteoporosis is steadily increasing due to a growing elderly population, and thus represents a major public health concern with reduced bone strength and a higher risk of fractures.[68] The prevalence of osteoporosis is steadily escalating due to increased life expectancy as a result of developed health services. According to the 2016 WHO report, in the United Arab Emirates (UAE), life expectancy at birth for men was 76 years and for women it was 79 years.[10] The UAE population projection showed that in 2011, 7% of the population were 50 years of age or over and less than 1% were 70 years of age or over. By 2050, it is estimated that 12% of the population will be 50 years or over and 2% will be 70 years or over.[11] MATERIALS AND METHODS Study design The study was performed in accordance with the International Conference on Harmonisation Good Clinical Practice guidelines. Ethical approval number UG-H-18-11-7-10 was obtained from the Research Ethics Committee of the college. The study was conducted on a population sample of national and nonnational people in the UAE. Both men and women were recruited in the study. Data were collected from the patients in six governmental and private hospitals. Research tools A total of 200 male and female participants between the age of 25 and 80 years were recruited in the study. Eighty percent of the sample were women and 20% were men. After obtaining the required consent, each participant was asked to fill a structured questionnaire consisting of 25 questions, which was used as the primary tool for data collection. The questions were formulated both in Arabic and English, it required 3–4min to be completed. BMD of the participants was assessed in the International Radiology Centre and correlated with their data in the questionnaires. DXA scan was used for the measurement of BMD. Data collection and data analysis After ensuring strict confidentiality, data were collected between March 20, 2016 and May 20, 2016. The following information was obtained: Demographic data (gender, age, race, BMI, and occupation) Family history of osteoporosis or osteoporotic fractures Social history and lifestyle, physical activity, and exposure to the sun Dietary habits such as calcium, caffeine, and soft drinks intake Medical history of diseases and medicines. For female participants, number of pregnancies, lactation, and age at menopause were included The following criteria were used to evaluate osteoporosis: Normal BMD: if T-score between +2.5 and –1 Osteopenia: if T-score between –1 and –2.5 Osteoporosis: if T-score below –2.5 The filled questionnaires were coded and data were analyzed statistically using the Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS) software (version 24; IBM Corporation, Newyork, USA). Spearman’s correlation test was carried out to assess the association between different variables in the study. A P value of less than 0.05 was considered significant. RESULTS Sociodemographic data The sociodemographic background of the study participants is listed in Table 1. A total of 200 participants were included in the study. The control group and the osteoporotic group consisted of 100 participants each, 20% of them were men, whereas 80% of the respondents were women. Table 1: Background demographic data of the respondentsBody mass index The patients with osteoporosis have significantly lower BMI than the control group (P < 0.05). Results showed that 72% of them have a BMI less than 25 kg/m2 (P < 0.05) [Table 2] [Figure 1].Table 2: Body mass index of the respondentsFigure 1: Body mass index (kg/m2) of the respondentsSmoking behavior Regarding smoking behavior, a significant value was evident between smoking and osteoporosis (P < 0.01) as 54% of the patients with osteoporosis were current smokers, whereas 72% of the controls had never smoked before [Table 3] [Figure 2].Table 3: Smoking behavior and intake of milk, coffee, and soft drinks by the respondentsFigure 2: Intake of milk and caffeine and smoking behavior by the respondentsDietary calcium intake The intake of milk and dairy products by the participants was used to assess the dietary calcium intake. The patients with osteoporosis have a significant low calcium intake (P < 0.01), whereas non-osteoporotic control significantly consume more milk and dairy products (P < 0.01). A positive correlation was found between the intake of milk and dairy products and the T-score value of the participants (P < 0.05) [Table 3] [Figures 2 and 3].Figure 3: Correlation between milk intake and T-score in patients with osteoporosisCaffeine consumption Caffeine intake was evaluated in this study by the amount of coffee, tea, or soft drinks consumed by the participants each day. The results showed that the patients with osteoporosis significantly consume more caffeine (P < 0.01). A negative correlation is present between the amount of caffeine intake and T-score value of the participants (P < 0.05) [Table 3] [Figures 2, 4, and 5].Figure 4: Correlation between tea/coffee intake and T-score in patients with osteoporosisFigure 5: Correlation between soft drinks intake and T-score in patients with osteoporosisExercise behavior and exposure to the sun Results showed a significant positive correlation between the duration of exercise and the T-score value of the participants (P < 0.05) [Table 4] [Figure 6].Table 4: Exercise behavior and exposure to sun of the respondentsFigure 6: Correlation between exercise duration and T-score in patients with osteoporosisRegarding the exposure to the sun, the results showed that 96% of the patients with osteoporosis were exposed to the sun for less than 15min, three to four times a week or not exposed at all, whereas most of the normal controls (72%) exposed their bodies to the sun for 16–30min/day, three to four times a week [Table 4] [Figure 7].Figure 7: Sun exposure behavior of the respondentsDiseases and medications Results of the study revealed that 46% of the patients with osteoporosis were diabetic, 42% of them were treated by antidiabetics, 18% had arthritis and 38% had been treated previously by corticosteroids [Table 5].Table 5: Distribution of patients with osteoporosis by their diseases and medicationsNumber of pregnancies and breastfeeding Female participants constituted 80% of the study sample, 75% of the females with osteoporosis were menopausal, 75% of them had three or more pregnancies, and 82.5% of them breastfed their children, whereas these values for the control group participants are 30%, 28%, and 33%, respectively. Results showed a significant positive correlation between the age at menopause and the T-score value of females with osteoporosis (P < 0.05) [Table 6] [Figure 8]. The distribution of patients according to the joint affected by Osteoporosis or Osteopenia is shown in [Figure 9] and [Table 7].Table 6: Distribution of female patients with osteoporosis by number of pregnancies and breastfeedingFigure 8: Correlation between age at menopause and T-score in female patients with osteoporosisFigure 9: Distribution of patients having osteopenia or osteoporosis in wrists, hips, or spineTable 7: Distribution of patients having osteoporosis and/or osteopenia in hips, wrists, and spineDISCUSSION To maintain normal bone structure, a remodeling process that consists of osteoclasts, removing old bone, and osteoblasts, synthesizing new bone, occurs. Hematopoietic progenitors produce osteoclasts, whereas mesenchymal stem cells called marrow stromal fibroblasts produce osteoblasts. This process is controlled by certain circulating hormones, growth factors, and locally produced cytokines through their effects on apoptosis of osteoblasts and osteoclasts. Estrogen deficiency or glucocorticoid excess leads to bone loss because of changes in the production of bone cells. This is caused by the prolongation of the life span of osteoclasts and the shortening of the life span of osteoblasts. On the contrary, drugs that aim to treat or prevent osteoporosis prevent apoptosis of osteoblasts and/or stimulate the apoptosis of osteoclasts.[12] The pathogenesis of osteoporosis is the consequence of various hormonal, genetic, dietary, lifestyle, and physical factors. Genetic factors mainly affect the BMD and bone formation, whereas low levels of estrogen increase parathyroid hormone, and local cytokines are mainly responsible for bone remodeling imbalance.[13] Age and gender In this study, 76% of the patients with osteoporosis were women at or above 50 years of age. Osteoporosis is usually considered a disease of the elderly with low BMD. In a recent study, most of the patients with osteoporosis were in the age groups of 45–49 and 50–54 years.[14] Previous studies showed that women were at an increased risk of developing osteoporosis because of their faulty behavior of physical inactivity, sun-avoidance behavior, low intake of dairy products, and poor diets.[151617] Body mass index The results of this study showed a significant number of patients of osteoporosis with BMI <25 kg/m2, where P < 0.05. Women that have low BMI are at a higher risk of developing osteoporosis. It is reported that one unit change in BMI has a larger effect on the risk of developing osteoporosis than most other modifiable risk factors. To help reduce the risk of osteoporosis, patients should be advised to maintain a weight within the normal range.[1516] The risk of osteoporotic fractures increases in adults who have low BMI of less than 20 kg/m2.[18] On the contrary, patients who are obese (BMI >30 kg/m2) are also at a high risk of developing osteoporosis and fractures because of the risk of repeated falls and the weakness of the skeletal muscles due to loss of its mass as a result of aging.[19] Exercise and physical activity The results of this study showed a significant correlation between the exercise time and the T-score value. Previous studies concluded that physical activity and exercises stimulate skeletal growth and bone strength.[45] Estrogen Estrogen deficiency has a critical effect on the pathogenesis of osteoporosis. The results of this study showed a significant positive correlation between the age at menopause and the T-score value of the female patients. Estrogen has a crucial role in bone formation and physiology. It stimulates the production of T cell cytokines, affects the osteoblastic cell by altering its production of receptor activator of nuclear factor-Kappa B ligand (RANKL) or Osteoprotegerin (OPG), inhibits the differentiation of osteoclasts by direct action, and stimulates the formation of bone performed by osteoblasts and osteocytes, which allows them to enhance their ability to respond to mechanical forces.[2021] Estrogen produces its effect through a specific cell surface receptor called the estrogen receptor alpha (ERα). This receptor binds and then transports estrogen into the nucleus of the cell where certain genes are then activated by the receptor–hormone complex. ERα receptors and estrogen receptor–related receptor alpha (ERRα) are found on the surface of osteoblasts. ERRα may play a supporting role in the regulation of bone cells.[22] Previous studies also suggest that sex hormone–binding globulin may play a significant role in regulating bone cells as well because it facilitates entry of estrogen into cells.[23] Because of the natural drop of estrogen level in postmenopausal women, they are at the highest risk of developing osteoporosis. A previous study showed that it is an increase in bone resorption that might be the driving force for bone loss during estrogen deficiency in postmenopausal women not impaired bone formation as was previously thought.[1] However, other studies indicated that both markers of bone resorption and formation also increased, leading to accelerated bone remodeling at menopause.[2425] Calcium intake and vitamin D Calcium and vitamin D are two pivotal contributors of bone formation and mineralization. The results of this study showed that the patients with osteoporosis have a significant low calcium intake, whereas controls significantly consume more milk and dairy products (P < 0.01). This significant result showed the importance of calcium intake. Results also established a positive correlation between calcium intake and the T-score value of the participants. Vitamin D plays an important role in maintaining calcium homeostasis and bone integrity as it is essential for intestinal calcium absorption.[26] It is estimated that over one billion people around the world have vitamin D deficiency.[2728] Sun exposure is considered as the source of vitamin D, the present results showed a significant value (P < 0.01) as 74% of the patients with osteoporosis exposed their bodies to the sun for 5min or less, three to four times per week, whereas 72% of controls exposed their bodies to the sun for 15–30min, 3 to 4 times a week. A previous study conducted in the UAE showed that 58.2% of the UAE nationals were vitamin D deficient compared to 45% of the patients from other nationalities.[29] In spite of living in sunny areas, such as UAE, Saudi Arabia, and India, young populations have a high prevalence of vitamin D deficiency because of insufficient knowledge and practice of vitamin D and its health implications.[3031] Decreased blood calcium level will lead to secondary hyperparathyroidism. This decrease may result from impaired intestinal calcium absorption due to vitamin D deficiency, aging, or other diseases. Calcitriol, the active form of vitamin D, stimulates the intestinal absorption of calcium and phosphorus. It has an inhibitory effect on the synthesis of parathyroid hormone as well. Therefore, calcitriol deficiency will lead to secondary hyperparathyroidism as well.[32] There is a clear evidence that the risk of having an osteoporotic fracture increases when vitamin D levels are below 50 nmol.[3334] However, a recent study showed that pathological macrophages produced by vitamin D receptor signaling play an important role in the development of myelofibrosis.[35] Smoking The results of this study showed that nicotine has a significant effect on the incidence of osteoporosis (P < 0.01). Smoking has been identified as a modifiable risk factor for low BMD and increased osteoporotic fracture risk.[3637] Smoking behavior should be evaluated when assessing the fracture risk and FRAX.[1638] The role of smoking in decreasing BMD is complicated; smoking is shown to be associated with other risk factors for osteoporosis such as decreased physical activity, low BMI, and poor diet.[38] Nicotine has both direct and indirect effects on BMD. The direct effect is on bone cell proliferation and is described to be biphasic, small doses have a stimulatory effect, whereas toxic large doses have an antiproliferative effect on the proliferation of osteoblasts.[39] This effect on osteoblasts is receptor mediated by the nicotinic acetylcholine receptors, where nicotine in low doses upregulates gene expression of alkaline phosphatase, type 1 collagen, and osteocalcin.[40] Nicotine produces an increased level of tumor necrosis factor α (TNFα) secretion that reduces bone formation by osteoblasts and increases bone resorption by osteoclasts. TNFα has a powerful osteoclastogenic effect through its stimulating effect on RANKL production and by intensifying osteoclasts production.[41] It is strongly supported that RANK/RANKL/OPG systems have a role in regulating bone resorption and the formation of osteoclasts.[42] The main predisposing factor for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) has been found to be smoking. The most important factor in managing COPD continues to be the termination of smoking.[43] It has been shown in numerous studies that smokers with COPD have elevated levels of pro-inflammatory cytokines in the form of interleukin-6. In addition, TNFα levels are much higher in COPD smokers than in asymptomatic smokers. This indicates that COPD affects local and systemic inflammatory responses, which in turn affects bone remodeling.[4445] Nicotine has an indirect effect on BMD, which is caused by releasing calcitropic hormones and glucocorticoids, which leads to an increase in bone resorption.[43] Furthermore, smoking has been linked to an increase in the level of cortisol[4446] as well as a decrease in the level of estradiol.[47] Nicotine also harms intestinal calcium absorption, which might lessen the effectiveness of dietary calcium supplements.[48] Also, toxic carcinogenic metabolites of nicotine have also been found to increase osteoclast formation in rats.[49] Moreover, one hip fracture in eight postmenopausal women with osteoporosis is attributable to smoking. This correlation could not be explained by early menopause, low BMI, lower levels of exercise, or by the actions of nicotine on estrogen. This indicates that there is an independent negative effect of nicotine on BMD, which means that smokers lose bone at a faster rate than nonsmokers.[50] CONCLUSION Prevalence of osteoporosis is high in the UAE and is expected to grow due to increased life expectancy and faulty lifestyle of inadequate dietary habits, sun exposure, exercise behavior, and smoking. More intervention should be directed toward changing the modifiable risk factors in the patients with osteoporosis, and more studies should be directed toward osteoporosis in the UAE. Limitations of the study To make the study a polycentric research, it would require greater number of participants from all the emirates of the UAE. Financial support and sponsorship This work is self-funded by the authors. Conflicts of interest There are no conflicts of interest.
Journal of Pharmacy And Bioallied Sciences · 11 citationsread the source →
Fall CH, Sachdev HS, Osmond C, Restrepo-Mendez MC, Victora C, Martorell R, Stein AD, Stein AD, Sinha S, Tandon N, Adair L, Bas I, Norris S, Richter LM, COHORTS investigators. (2015)MEDLINE-indexed journal, not yet read by usThe Lancet. Global health Association between maternal age at childbirth and child and adult outcomes in the offspring: a prospective study in five low-income and middle-income countries (COHORTS collaboration).
Background: Both young and advanced maternal age is associated with adverse birth and child outcomes. Few studies have examined these associations in low-income and middle-income countries (LMICs) and none have studied adult outcomes in the offspring. We aimed to examine both child and adult outcomes in five LMICs.
Methods: In this prospective study, we pooled data from COHORTS (Consortium for Health Orientated Research in Transitioning Societies)-a collaboration of five birth cohorts from LMICs (Brazil, Guatemala, India, the Philippines, and South Africa), in which mothers were recruited before or during pregnancy, and the children followed up to adulthood. We examined associations between maternal age and offspring birthweight, gestational age at birth, height-for-age and weight-for-height Z scores in childhood, attained schooling, and adult height, body composition (body-mass index, waist circumference, fat, and lean mass), and cardiometabolic risk factors (blood pressure and fasting plasma glucose concentration), along with binary variables derived from these. Analyses were unadjusted and adjusted for maternal socioeconomic status, height and parity, and breastfeeding duration.
Findings: We obtained data for 22 188 mothers from the five cohorts, enrolment into which took place at various times between 1969 and 1989. Data for maternal age and at least one outcome were available for 19 403 offspring (87%). In unadjusted analyses, younger (≤19 years) and older (≥35 years) maternal age were associated with lower birthweight, gestational age, child nutritional status, and schooling. After adjustment, associations with younger maternal age remained for low birthweight (odds ratio [OR] 1·18 (95% CI 1·02-1·36)], preterm birth (1·26 [1·03-1·53]), 2-year stunting (1·46 [1·25-1·70]), and failure to complete secondary schooling (1·38 [1·18-1·62]) compared with mothers aged 20-24 years. After adjustment, older maternal age remained associated with increased risk of preterm birth (OR 1·33 [95% CI 1·05-1·67]), but children of older mothers had less 2-year stunting (0·64 [0·54-0·77]) and failure to complete secondary schooling (0·59 [0·48-0·71]) than did those with mothers aged 20-24 years. Offspring of both younger and older mothers had higher adult fasting glucose concentrations (roughly 0·05 mmol/L).
Interpretation: Children of young mothers in LMICs are disadvantaged at birth and in childhood nutrition and schooling. Efforts to prevent early childbearing should be strengthened. After adjustment for confounders, children of older mothers have advantages in nutritional status and schooling. Extremes of maternal age could be associated with disturbed offspring glucose metabolism.
Funding: Wellcome Trust and the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation.
The Lancet. Global health · 316 citationsread the source →
A Digital Human for Delivering a Remote Loneliness and Stress Intervention to At-Risk Younger and Older Adults During the COVID-19 Pandemic: Randomized Pilot Trial.
Background: Loneliness is a growing public health issue that has been exacerbated in vulnerable groups during the COVID-19 pandemic. Computer agents are capable of delivering psychological therapies through the internet; however, there is limited research on their acceptability to date.
Objective: The objectives of this study were to evaluate (1) the feasibility and acceptability of a remote loneliness and stress intervention with digital human delivery to at-risk adults and (2) the feasibility of the study methods in preparation for a randomized controlled trial.
Methods: A parallel randomized pilot trial with a mixed design was conducted. Participants were adults aged 18 to 69 years with an underlying medical condition or aged 70 years or older with a Mini-Mental State Examination score of >24 (ie, at greater risk of developing severe COVID-19). Participants took part from their place of residence (independent living retirement village, 20; community dwelling, 7; nursing home, 3). Participants were randomly allocated to the intervention or waitlist control group that received the intervention 1 week later. The intervention involved completing cognitive behavioral and positive psychology exercises with a digital human facilitator on a website for at least 15 minutes per day over 1 week. The exercises targeted loneliness, stress, and psychological well-being. Feasibility was evaluated using dropout rates and behavioral observation data. Acceptability was evaluated from behavioral engagement data, the Friendship Questionnaire (adapted), self-report items, and qualitative questions. Psychological measures were administered to evaluate the feasibility of the trial methods and included the UCLA Loneliness Scale, the 4-item Perceived Stress Scale, a 1-item COVID-19 distress measure, the Flourishing Scale, and the Scale of Positive and Negative Experiences.
Results: The study recruited 30 participants (15 per group). Participants were 22 older adults and 8 younger adults with a health condition. Six participants dropped out of the study. Thus, the data of 24 participants were analyzed (intervention group, 12; waitlist group, 12). The digital human intervention and trial methods were generally found to be feasible and acceptable in younger and older adults living independently, based on intervention completion, and behavioral, qualitative, and some self-report data. The intervention and trial methods were less feasible to nursing home residents who required caregiver assistance. Acceptability could be improved with additional content, tailoring to the population, and changes to the digital human's design.
Conclusions: Digital humans are a promising and novel technological solution for providing at-risk adults with access to remote psychological support during the COVID-19 pandemic. Research should further examine design techniques to improve their acceptability in this application and investigate intervention effectiveness in a randomized controlled trial.
Trial registration: Australia New Zealand Clinical Trials Registry ACTRN12620000786998; https://www.anzctr.org.au/Trial/Registration/TrialReview.aspx?id=380113.
JMIR mental health · 35 citationsread the source →
Combat sports and wellbeing: advancing health and inclusion in athletes and practitioners. An opinion paper
Historically, combat sports have been predominantly conceptualized within the framework of elite competition, emphasizing physical aptitude, technical proficiency, and strategic execution (1-3). Despite their traditional and peculiar constitutions and developments, disciplines such as judo, karate, taekwondo, wrestling, fencing, boxing, and mixed martial arts have commonly been associated with high-performance athletes striving for competitive excellence on national and international stages (1, 4-6). However, contemporary discourse increasingly recognizes their expansive role in contributing to physical and psychological well-being, and social inclusion of the practitioners (7, 8). This paradigmatic shift underscores the capacity of combat sports to function as inclusive and accessible modalities for fostering multidimensional health benefits across diverse populations, including individuals with disabilities and other marginalized groups (9-13).The interdisciplinary exploration of physical activity and health highlights the intricate interrelationship between structured sports engagement and holistic well-being (14). Whilst conventional team and individual sports have long been acknowledged for their physiological and psychosocial benefits, combat sports exhibit distinct characteristics that might amplify these advantages (15, 16). Within combat sports, the synergistic interplay of rigorous physical conditioning, the cognitive engagement, adherence to rules, competition dynamics, respect, externalizing emotions regulation, are intertwined with pedagogical and philosophical values, thus presenting a unique framework for enhancing psychological resilience, cognitive adaptability, and emotional control. Consequently, the systematic practice of combat sports has been increasingly examined as a way of promoting mental health, stress modulation, and social cohesion (17, 18).The inclusive nature of many combat sports programmes further accentuates their relevance in dismantling stereotypes, facilitating integration, and fostering equity and social integration (19-21). In fact, they demonstrated significant adaptability to accommodate individuals with disabilities (e.g., physical impairments, developmental, emotional, intellectual disorders), thereby ensuring equitable access and fostering empowerment (9, 22). Adapted judo, para-taekwondo, and other modified combat disciplines provide individuals with disabilities a structured platform to engage in physical activity, cultivate self-efficacy, and develop meaningful social connections within a supportive and adaptive environment (23). From a public health perspective, the integration of combat sports within community-based health initiatives offers a compelling opportunity to engage populations that may not traditionally participate in structured physical activity programmes (7, 8, 19). The distinctive accessibility of combat sports, which cater to practitioners of all skill levels (e.g., from novices to elite athletes) sets them apart from many other sports. While their structured progression, adaptability, and emphasis on holistic development make them a viable option for lifelong and intergenerational participation (19, 24, 25), the mentorship and pedagogical frameworks cultivate positive role modeling, discipline, and intrinsic motivation, which are integral for sustaining long-term adherence to health-promoting behaviors (8).Furthermore, the intersection between combat sports and mental health has increasingly emerged as a focal point within academic and clinical research (17) with empirical evidence suggesting an association between participation and enhanced self-regulation and self-efficacy, and reduction in anxiety and depressive symptomatology (8, 26, 27). In necessitating sustained focus, adaptability, and emotional equilibrium, combat sports inherently require cognitive and affective demands, which align closely with established psychological frameworks that underpin mental well-being (28, 29). Moreover, the integration of mindfulness techniques, stress management strategies, and resilience-building paradigms within combat sports training substantiates their potential as a non-pharmacological intervention for addressing various mental health challenges (e.g., autism spectrum and oppositional defiant disorders) (30, 31).Despite these advantages, the discourse surrounding combat sports and well-being necessitates a critical examination of inherent risks and potential challenges. Issues related to injury risk, hypercompetitive environments, eating disorders, sexual harassment, and the psychological stressors associated with high-intensity training warrant careful scrutiny (32-36). The implementation of evidence-based injury prevention protocols, the establishment of ethically responsible coaching methodologies, and the promotion of safe training environments are imperative to ensure that the benefits of combat sports are maximized while minimizing adverse outcomes. Against this backdrop, this opinion paper seeks to examine the role of combat sports in advancing health and social inclusion among athletes and practitioners. Through a synthesis of contemporary empirical findings, theoretical paradigms, and applied insights, this paper aims to contribute to the evolving discourse on the potential of combat sports as a catalyst for holistic well-being. By delineating the multidimensional impact of combat sports on physical, psychological, and social health, this paper endeavors to underscore their transformative potential as an instrument for fostering individual and community well-being within different populations. DiscussionWhilst an expanding body of research and an evolution in scholarly discourse is recognizing the combat sports’ broader implications for holistic well-being (30, 37), a rigorous evaluation of the investigation methodologies, the validity of hypotheses, and the translational potential of recent findings is necessary to contextualize their significance within the sports and public health sciences, considering their strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats (Figure 1).----------------------------------------ADD FIGURE 1 ABOUT HERE----------------------------------------Empirical evidence robustly shows the positive impact of combat sports on physical fitness, motor coordination, and cardiovascular health (3, 38). These benefits are attributed to the high-intensity, intermittent nature of combat sports training, which enhances aerobic and anaerobic endurance, muscular strength, and neuromuscular control (39). However, concerns regarding injury risk, particularly in striking and contact-intensive disciplines such as boxing, taekwondo, and mixed martial arts, necessitate continued research into injury mitigation strategies, particularly those targeting concussion and repetitive head trauma (6, 35, 40, 41). Moreover, many combat sports have developed styles with reduced or simulated contact to minimize injury risk. For example, the French "boxe éducative" emphasizing technique and control, penalizing any violent behaviors (42) and the value and application of kata (i.e., forms; prearranged, pattern practices) to learning and adopting judo technique in a safe way educating the athlete culturally, to enrich her/him as a person (43).Beyond physical health, recent studies highlight the psychological benefits of combat sports, including reductions in anxiety and depression and improvements in self-efficacy, emotional regulation, resilience, and stress management (27, 44-47). Therefore, combat sports-based interventions for individuals with mental health conditions have yielded promising outcomes (23). Despite these encouraging findings, variability in study designs, participant demographics, and intervention protocols limits their external validity, underscoring the need for further rigorously controlled investigations. Furthermore, some authors claimed that combat sport athletes might present symptoms of low energy availability and high anxiety levels associated with competition- and injury-related psychological stressors, deficits in executive functions and neuropsychological impairments associated with occurrence of concussions, disordered eating and eating disorders associated with weight-loss, and might suffer offensive, frightening, hostile, degrading, humiliating experiences, or sexual harassment, which urge safeguarding actions (32-36).The role of combat sports in fostering social inclusion has gained empirical support, particularly in programmes aimed at individuals with disabilities and marginalized communities (25, 48). For instance, a recent systematic review shows that judo interventions adapted for intellectual disabilities help improve social integration and self-perception and enhance participants' quality of life (49). The development of para-combat sports demonstrates enhanced physical and motor abilities while providing psychosocial benefits to various populations with different disabilities, promoting social integration, self-perception, and community belonging (50, 51). However, longitudinal research is needed to assess the long-term retention rates and sustainability of these benefits. Furthermore, there is a need of studies focused on the most appropriate adapted rules to achieve a fairer competition for ensuring a sense of success in individuals with physical, emotional, mental, hearing or visual impairments participating in adapted sports competitions at local, national, and international levels. Methodological approaches in combat sports research encompass experimental, longitudinal, qualitative, and systematic review designs. While randomized controlled trials remain the gold standard for establishing causality, their application in combat sports research is constrained by ethical concerns, logistical challenges, and the inherently dynamic nature of training environments (52, 53). Consequently, many studies rely on observational designs, which, despite their value in identifying associations, are susceptible to confounding variables and biases (24, 54).Qualitative methodologies have provided critical insights into the lived experiences of combat sports practitioners, offering perspectives on psychological and social dimensions that are often overlooked in quantitative studies (28). Ethnographic research has been particularly instrumental in elucidating the role of combat sports in shaping identity, discipline, and personal development (55). However, limitations in reproducibility and generalizability highlight the need for mixed-methods approaches to generate a more comprehensive understanding of combat sports' impact (25, 56).Additionally, the incorporation of biometric and neurocognitive assessments, such as heart rate variability analysis, functional MRI, and salivary cortisol measurements, has advanced our understanding of the physiological and psychological mechanisms underlying combat sports participation (47, 57, 58). Despite their objective precision, these techniques often face challenges related to cost, accessibility, and limited sample sizes, necessitating the development of scalable and cost-effective methodologies for broader research application. Finally, recent studies show that virtual reality (VR) technology and digital platforms are increasingly becoming part of combat sports training methods. Due to COVID-19 restrictions, martial arts schools and organizations implemented hybrid or online training models, which allowed athletes to stay engaged. VR boxing programmes provide users with virtual sparring simulations to enhance their motor skills without needing physical interaction. Initial results indicate that VR training enhances response behavior in karate athletes (59). Digital adaptations offer great potential, especially for people with limited mobility or remote locations. However, further studies are necessary to prove their enduring effects on physical health and psychological and social aspects (59-61).Strengths and Weaknesses of Scientific HypothesesThe hypothesis that combat sports confer multidimensional health benefits is strongly supported by empirical evidence spanning physiological, psychological, and social domains (8, 62-64). The integration of physical exertion, cognitive engagement, and structured discipline inherent in combat sports aligns with established theories of exercise psychology, neuroplasticity, and social identity formation (65, 66). This multidimensional perspective provides a robust theoretical foundation for advocating combat sports as a health-promoting activity. Nevertheless, several limitations warrant consideration. The heterogeneity of disciplines, which vary highly in intensity, contact level, and training methodologies, is often inadequately addressed in research, leading to overgeneralized conclusions (17, 39). Often underexamined, individual differences in personality, motivation, and previous trauma history may strongly moderate the psychological outcomes of combat sports participation (35, 67, 68).Additionally, a research focus is needed on concerns regarding the potential for adverse psychological effects (e.g., anxiety, depression, disordered eating behaviors, burnout, and decreased self-esteem), particularly in competitive environments where performance pressure, extreme weight-cutting practices, and aggressive coaching styles are prevalent (69, 70). Indeed, a balanced perspective that considers both benefits and risks is essential for the development of evidence-based recommendations (10, 71).Future DirectionsTo enhance the field, future research should prioritize well-structured longitudinal studies that assess the long-term impact of combat sports participation on physical, psychological, and social health. Standardization of outcome measures, intervention protocols, and participant demographics would facilitate cross-study comparisons and strengthen the reliability of findings (72, 73). Moreover, interdisciplinary collaborations incorporating sports science, psychology, and sociology could provide a more holistic perspective on combat sports' broader implications on practitioners (74).From a policy perspective, to yield valuable insights into combat sports’ practical applications research should investigate their efficacy within public health, educational, and rehabilitation initiatives, particularly for underserved and vulnerable populations (23, 75, 76).Furthermore, while safety remains a primary concern, advancements in protective equipment, training methodologies, education for athletes, coaches, referees and tournament directors, and regulatory frameworks should be continually evaluated to optimize benefits while mitigating risks (40, 41, 58, 77, 78). Ethical considerations, particularly concerning athlete well-being and inclusive participation, should remain a central focus in both research and practical implementation (17, 34, 36).Therefore, key research challenges to be addressed are: 1. Injury risk and safety: a need for injury prevention strategies, especially for concussions and head trauma in striking sports. 2. Psychological wellbeing: risks of stress, anxiety, burnout, and negative self-perception in competitive environments. 3. Inclusion and accessibility: a need for more research on long-term social and psychological benefits for marginalized groups and individuals with disabilities. 4. Methodological limitations: lack of standardized protocols, variability in study designs, and limited reproducibility of findings. 5. Ethical and regulatory issues: concerns over coaching practices, extreme weight-cutting, and athlete wellbeing in high-pressure environments. 6. Technological innovations: more research required on the effectiveness of VR and digital training tools in combat sports. 7. Public health and policy: exploration of combat sports' role in health initiatives, rehabilitation, and educational programs. ConclusionThe evolving discourse on combat sports highlights their potential as a multidimensional tool for well-being promotion. While a substantial body of evidence supports their benefits, a critical examination of methodological limitations, scientific hypotheses, and practical applications is essential for further refine our understanding and enhance their effectiveness. Finally, this article makes a significant contribution not only to the field of martial arts but also to public health and sports psychology. Its interdisciplinary approach calls for scientific collaboration and methodological rigor, reinforces the need for evidence-based policies and can serve as a valuable guide for researchers and policymakers looking to integrate combat sports into strategies for promoting health and social inclusion.
Frontiers in Psychology · 12 citationsread the source →
Exceptional longevity in men: modifiable factors associated with survival and function to age 90 years.
Background: Prospective data on nongenetic determinants of exceptional longevity are limited, and information on long-lived men and their functional status is particularly sparse. We examined modifiable factors associated with a life span of 90 or more years and late-life function in men.
Methods: In this prospective cohort study of 2357 healthy men (mean age, 72 years) within the Physicians' Health Study (1981-2006), biological and lifestyle factors and comorbid conditions were assessed by self-report with baseline and annual questionnaires. Mortality and incidence of major diseases were confirmed by medical record review. Late-life function was assessed 16 years after baseline by the Medical Outcomes Study 36-Item Short-Form Health Survey.
Results: A total of 970 men (41%) survived to at least age 90 years. Smoking was associated with increased risk of mortality before age 90 years (hazard ratio [HR]; 2.10; 95% confidence interval [CI], 1.75-2.51), and similar associations were observed with diabetes (HR, 1.86; 95% CI, 1.52-2.26), obesity (HR, 1.44; 95% CI, 1.10-1.90), and hypertension (HR, 1.28; 95% CI, 1.15-1.43). Regular exercise was associated with a nearly 30% lower mortality risk (HR, 0.72; 95% CI, 0.62-0.83). The probability of a 90-year life span at age 70 years was 54% in the absence of smoking, diabetes, obesity, hypertension, or sedentary lifestyle. It ranged from 36% to 22% with 2 adverse factors and was negligible (4%) with 5. Compared with nonsurvivors, men with exceptional longevity had a healthier lifestyle (67% vs 53% had <or=1 adverse factor), had a lower incidence of chronic diseases, and were 3 to 5 years older at disease onset. They had better late-life physical function (mean +/- SD score [maximum 100], 73 +/- 23 vs 62 +/- 30; P < .001) and mental well-being (mean score, 84 +/- 14 vs 81 +/- 17; P = .03). More than 68% (vs 45%) rated their late-life health as excellent or very good, and less than 8% (vs 22%) reported fair or poor health (P < .001 for trend). Regular exercise was associated with significantly better-and smoking and overweight with significantly worse-late-life physical function. Smoking also was associated with a significant decrement in mental function.
Conclusion: Modifiable healthy behaviors during early elderly years, including smoking abstinence, weight management, blood pressure control, and regular exercise, are associated not only with enhanced life span in men but also with good health and function during older age.
Archives of internal medicine · editorial or comment · 143 citationsread the source →
Gregor Hasler (2010)MEDLINE-indexed journal, not yet read by usWorld Psychiatry · editorial or comment PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF DEPRESSION: DO WE HAVE ANY SOLID EVIDENCE OF INTEREST TO CLINICIANS?
Major depressive disorder (MDD) is a common and costly disorder which is usually associated with severe and persistent symptoms leading to important social role impairment and increased mortality 1,2. It is one of the most important causes of disability worldwide 3. The high rate of inadequate treatment of the disorder remains a serious concern 1. This review is aimed at summarizing the solid evidence on the etiology and pathophysiology of MDD that is likely relevant for clinical psychiatry. Neurobiological findings are regarded as solid when they are consistent and convergent, i.e., they have been confirmed by several studies using the same method and fit into results from studies using different methodological approaches. Family, twin, and adoption studies provide very solid and consistent evidence that MDD is a familial disorder and that this familiality is mostly or entirely due to genetic factors 4. This important finding suggests that parental social behavior and other familial environmental risk factors are not as important in the pathogenesis of MDD as previously assumed and should not be the major focus of the treatment of the disorder. The above-mentioned studies consistently show that the influence of genetic factors is around 30–40% 4. Non-genetic factors, explaining the remaining 60–70% of the variance in susceptibility to MDD, are individual-specific environmental effects (including measurement error effects and gene-environment interactions). These effects are mostly adverse events in childhood and ongoing or recent stress due to interpersonal adversities, including childhood sexual abuse, other lifetime trauma, low social support, marital problems, and divorce 5,6. These results suggest that there is a huge potential in the prevention of MDD by means of psychosocial interventions (e.g., in schools, at workplace). In addition, these results mirror the clinical practice of empirically validated psychotherapies to treat depression 7,8,9, including interpersonal, psychodynamic and cognitive behavioral psychotherapies and cognitive behavioural analysis system of psychotherapy, which all focus directly or indirectly on interpersonal difficulties and skills. This does not exclude the fact that unidentified non-genetic, non-psychosocial risk factors may also play important roles in some patients (e.g., climatic change, medical conditions). Stress sensitivity in depression is partly gender-specific. While men and women are, in general, equally sensitive to the depressogenic effects of stressful life events, their responses vary depending upon the type of stressor. Specifically, men are more likely to have depressive episodes following divorce, separation, and work difficulties, whereas women are more sensitive to events in their proximal social network, such as difficulty getting along with an individual, serious illness, or death 10. These findings point to the importance of gender-sensitive psychosocial approaches in the prevention and treatment of MDD. In contrast to the very solid evidence from epidemiological studies on broad risk factor domains, there is no solid evidence for specific genes and specific gene-by-environment interactions in the pathogenesis of MDD. Genome-wide association studies have indicated that many genes with small effects are involved in complex diseases, increasing the difficulty in identifying such genes 11. While there has been progress in the search for risk genes for several complex diseases despite this methodological problem 12, psychiatric conditions have turned out to be very resistant to robust gene identification. For example, based on a community-based prospective study, it has been proposed that a specific genetic variation in the promoter region of the serotonin transporter (a target of antidepressant drugs) interacts with stressful life events in the pathogenesis of depression 13. Although there is high clinical and neurobiological plausibility of this interaction, a recent meta-analysis yielded no evidence that the serotonin transporter gene alone or in interaction with psychological stress was associated with the risk of depression 14. The limited success of genetic studies of depression has been related to use of current classification schemas including ICD-10 and DSM-IV. These diagnostic manuals are based on clusters of symptoms and characteristics of clinical course that do not necessarily describe homogenous disorders but instead reflect common final pathways of different pathophysiolgical processes 15,16. The clinician should be aware that family history will continue to be the most solid source of information to estimate the genetic risk of MDD. Corticotropin-releasing hormone (CRH) is released from the hypothalamus in response to the perception of psychological stress by cortical brain regions. This hormone induces the secretion of pituitary corticotropin, which stimulates the adrenal gland to release cortisol into the plasma. The physiologic response to stress is partly gender-specific: women show generally greater stress responsiveness than men, which is consistent with the greater incidence of major depression in women 17. Moreover, men show greater cortisol responses to achievement challenges, whereas women show greater cortisol responses to social rejection challenges 18. Although MDD is considered as a stress disorder, most subjects treated for MDD have no evidence of dysfunctions of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis (HPA) 19. However, some subjects with MDD do show abnormalities of that axis and of the extrahypothalamic CRH system 20. Altered stress hormone secretion appeared to be most prominent in depressed subjects with a history of childhood trauma 21. Elevated cortisol may act as a mediator between major depression and its physical long-term consequences such as coronary heart disease, type II diabetes, and osteoporosis 22. The importance of HPA axis dysfunction for the efficacy of antidepressants is a matter of debate 23. This axis is regulated through a dual system of mineralocorticoid (MR) and glucocorticoid (GR) receptors. Decreased limbic GR receptor function 24,25 and increased functional activity of the MR system 26 suggest an imbalance in the MR/GR ratio in stress-related conditions such as MDD. Epigenetic regulation of the glucocorticoid receptors has been associated with childhood abuse 27. Such environmental programming of gene expression may represent one possible mechanism that links early life stress to abnormal HPA axis function and increased risk of MDD in adults. While the CRH stimulation test (dex/CRH test) 28 is a sensitive measure of the HPA axis dysfunction in depression, the specificity of this test for MDD is low. However, non-suppression in the dex/CRH test has consistently predicted increased risk for depressive relapse during clinical remission 23. Additionally, the measurement of waking salivary cortisol concentration has been shown to be a simple and sensitive test for HPA axis hyperactivity in depression 29. Hypercortisolemia is almost exclusively found in subjects with severe and psychotic depression, in whom glucocorticoid antagonists may have some therapeutic effect 30. There is convergent evidence for CRH to play a major role in the pathogenesis of certain types of depression. Levels of CRH in the cerebrospinal fluid are elevated in some depressed subjects 31. Post-mortem studies reported an increased number of CRH secreting neurons in limbic brain regions in depression 32, likely reflecting a compensatory response to increased CRH concentrations 33. In addition, CRH produces a number of physiological and behavioral alterations that resemble the symptoms of major depression, including decreased appetite, disrupted sleep, decreased libido, and psychomotor alterations 34. There is also preliminary evidence that CRH1 receptor antagonists reduce symptoms of depression and anxiety 35. “Sickness behavior” as a result of an activation of the inflammatory response system shares many symptoms with depression, including fatigue, anhedonia, psychomotor retardation, and cognitive impairment. Sickness is mediated by pro-inflammatory cytokines such as interleukin-1α, tumor necrosis factor-α, and interleukin-6, which activate the HPA axis and impair the central serotonin system 36. The prevalence of depression as an unwanted effect of recombinant interferons is around 30% 37. In animals, blocking pro-inflammatory cytokine-mediated signaling produces antidepressant-like effects 38. Clinical data suggest that cytokines may play a role in the pathophysiology of a subgroup of depressed subjects, particularly those with comorbid physical conditions 36. The antidepressant enhancing effect of acetylsalicylic acid 39 points to the possible clinical relevance of psychoneuroimmunology in clinical depression research. Taken together, the laboratory tests with the highest potential to be clinically useful in the care of depressed individuals are based on abnormalities of the neuroendocrine and neuroimmune systems. Despite the large amount of basic science data suggesting that the HPA axis is importantly involved in the pathophysiology of depression, the effect of pharmacological modulation of this neuroendocrine system as antidepressant therapy has been disappointing. The link between childhood trauma and a permanently altered physiologic stress system points to the use of specific psychotherapies in the treatment of depressed patients with a history of early life trauma 40. Most of the serotonergic, noradrenergic and dopaminergic neurons are located in midbrain and brainstem nuclei and project to large areas of the entire brain. This anatomy suggests that monoaminergic systems are involved in the regulation of a broad range of brain functions, including mood, attention, reward processing, sleep, appetite, and cognition. Almost every compound that inhibits monoamine reuptake, leading to an increased concentration of monoamines in the synaptic cleft, has been proven to be a clinically effective antidepressant 19. Inhibiting the enzyme monoamine oxidase, which induces an increased availability of monoamines in presynaptic neurons, also has antidepressant effects. These observations led to the pharmacologically most relevant theory of depression, referred to as the monoamine-deficiency hypothesis. The monoamine-deficiency theory posits that the underlying pathophysiological basis of depression is a depletion of the neurotransmitters serotonin, norepinephrine or dopamine in the central nervous system. Serotonin is the most extensively studied neurotransmitter in depression. The most direct evidence for an abnormally reduced function of central serotonergic system comes from studies using tryptophan depletion, which reduces central serotonin synthesis. Such a reduction leads to the development of depressive symptoms in subjects at increased risk of depression (subjects with MDD in full remission, healthy subjects with a family history of depression) 41,42, possibly mediated by increased brain metabolism in the ventromedial prefrontal cortex and subcortical brain regions 42. Experimentally reduced central serotonin has been associated with mood congruent memory bias, altered reward-related behaviors, and disruption of inhibitory affective processing 16, all of which add to the clinical plausibility of the serotonin deficiency hypothesis. There is also evidence for abnormalities of serotonin receptors in depression, with the most solid evidence pointing to the serotonin-1A receptor, which regulates serotonin function. Decreased availability of this receptor has been found in multiple brain areas of patients with MDD 43, although this abnormality is not highly specific for MDD and has been found in patients with panic disorder 44 and temporal lobe epilepsy 45, possibly contributing to the considerable comorbidity among these conditions. However, there is no explanation for the mechanism of serotonin loss in depressed patients, and studies of serotonin metabolites in plasma, urine and cerebrospinal fluid, as well as post-mortem research on the serotonergic system in depression, have yielded inconsistent results. There is preliminary evidence that an increased availability of the brain monoamine oxidase, which metabolizes serotonin, may cause serotonin deficiency 46. In addition, loss-of-function mutations in the gene coding for the brain-specific enzyme tryptophan hydroxylase-2 may explain the loss of serotonin production as a rare risk factor for depression 47. Dysfunction of the central noradrenergic system has been hypothesized to play a role in the pathophysiology of MDD, based upon evidence of decreased norepinephrine metabolism, increased activity of tyrosine hydroxylase, and decreased density of norepinephrine transporter in the locus coeruleus in depressed patients 48. In addition, decreased neuronal counts in the locus coeruleus, increased alpha-2 adrenergic receptor density, and decreased alpha-1 adrenergic receptor density have been found in the brains of depressed suicide victims post-mortem 49. Since there is no method to selectively deplete central norepinephrine and no imaging tool to study the central norepinephrine system, solid evidence for abnormalities of this system in depression is lacking. While the classical theories of the neurobiology of depression mainly focused on serotonin and norepinephrine, there is increasing interest in the role of dopamine 50. Dopamine reuptake inhibitors (e.g., nomifensine) and dopamine receptor agonists (e.g., pramipexole) had antidepressant effects in placebo-controlled studies of MDD 51. In the cerebrospinal fluid and jugular vein plasma, levels of dopamine metabolites were consistently reduced in depression, suggesting decreased dopamine turnover 52. Striatal dopamine transporter binding and dopamine uptake were reduced in MDD, consistent with a reduction in dopamine neurotransmission 53. Degeneration of dopamine projections to the striatum in Parkinson's disease was associated with a major depressive syndrome in about one half of cases, which usually preceded the appearance of motor signs 54. Experimentally reduced dopaminergic transmission into the accumbens has been associated with anhedonic symptoms and performance deficits on a reward processing task in subjects at increased risk of depression 55,56. These findings are consistent with the clinical observation that depressed patients have a blunted reaction to positive reinforcers and an abnormal response to negative feedback 57. Almost all established antidepressants target the monoamine systems 58. However, full and partial resistance to these drugs and their delayed onset of action suggest that dysfunctions of monoaminergic neurotransmitter systems found in MDD represent the downstream effects of other, more primary abnormalities. Despite this limitation, the monoamine-deficiency hypothesis has proved to be the most clinically relevant neurobiological theory of depression. New findings on the role of dopamine in depression emphasize the scientific potential of this theory, and promising reports of antidepressant effects of drugs that modulate the dopaminergic system (e.g., pramipexole, modafinil) in difficult-to-treat depression underline its clinical relevance 51,59. Although many historical attempts to localize mental functions have failed, they have considerably contributed to a modern neuroscientific understanding of mental disorders 60. The development of neuroimaging techniques has opened up the potential to investigate structural and functional abnormalities in living depressed patients. Unfortunately, the diversity of imaging techniques used, the relatively small and heterogeneous study samples studied, and the limited overlap of results across imaging paradigms 61 make it difficult to reliably identify neuronal regions or networks with consistently abnormal structure or function in MDD. Functional imaging studies have provided the most limited overlap of findings. This may be due to methodological limitations and/or the complexity of neurocircuitry involved in MDD. A recent meta-analytic study found the best evidence for abnormal brain activity in MDD in lateral frontal and temporal cortices, insula, and cerebellum. In these brain regions activity was decreased at rest, they showed a relative lack of activation during induction of negative emotions, and an increase in activity following treatment with serotonin reuptake inhibitors. Opposite changes may exist in ventromedial frontal areas, striatum and possibly other subcortical brain regions 61. More solid evidence has been provided by structural imaging and post-mortem studies. A recent meta-analytic study on brain volume abnormalities in MDD revealed relatively large volume reductions in the ventromedial prefrontal cortex, particularly in the left anterior cingulate and in the orbitofrontal cortex. Moderate volume reductions were found in the lateral prefrontal cortex, hippocampus and striatum 62. Post-mortem studies consistently identified a reduction in glia cell density in dorsal, orbital and subgenual prefrontal cortices, as well as in the amygdala 63,64. Overall, functional, structural and post-mortem studies suggest that structural and functional abnormalities in the left subgenual cingulate cortex are the most solid neuroanatomical finding in MDD. Volume reduction in this region was found early in illness and in young adults at high familial risk for MDD 65, suggesting a primary neurobiological abnormality associated with the etiology of the illness. Humans with lesions that include the subgenual prefrontal cortex showed abnormal autonomic responses to social stimuli 66, and rats with left-sided lesions in this region had increased sympathetic arousal and corticosterone responses to restraint stress 67. Most importantly, chronic deep brain stimulation to reduce the potentially elevated activity in the subgenual cingulated cortex produced clinical benefits in patients with treatment-resistant depression 68. In summary, despite the considerable heterogeneity of findings from neuroimaging studies, there is convergent evidence for the presence of abnormalities in the subgenual prefrontal cortex in some patients with MDD. Neuroanatomical research in depression is of great clinical interest, since novel antidepressant treatments such as deep brain stimulation can target specific brain regions. In addition, there are promising leads for neuroimaging findings to predict the likelihood of responses to specific treatments 69. Risk factors for depressive episodes change during the course of the illness. The first depressive episode is usually “reactive”, i.e., triggered by important psychosocial stressors, while subsequent episodes become increasingly “endogenous”, i.e., triggered by minor stressors or occurring spontaneously 70. There is consistent evidence that the volume loss of the hippocampus and other brain regions is related to the duration of depression 71, suggesting that untreated depression leads to hippocampal volume loss, possibly resulting in increased stress sensitivity 72 and increased risk of recurrence 73. Glucocorticoid neurotoxicity, glutamatergic toxicity, decreased neurotrophic factors, and decreased neurogenesis have been proposed as possible mechanisms explaining brain volume loss in depression. There is no solid evidence on of these since there are no imaging to directly and neurotrophic processes in neurotrophic factor has considerable Specifically, studies have shown between and in hippocampal as well as expression of following antidepressant treatment The clinician should be aware of the potentially effect of depression and treat depressed patients as early and as A of studies consistently showed reductions in acid concentrations in the prefrontal and cortex in depression This may reflect stress since psychological stress to presynaptic of prefrontal neurotransmission low concentration may reflect reduction in the density and of In addition, chronic stress may reduce receptor possibly through changes in evidence of the hypothesis of depression the lack of effects of drugs on depressive symptoms and prefrontal concentration in subjects with MDD of evidence suggest a dysfunction of the neurotransmitter system in a of the receptor produced and large antidepressant effects in patients with treatment-resistant MDD inhibitors of release (e.g., antidepressant abnormal levels were found in depressed subjects as by and there is evidence for abnormal signaling in post-mortem Since is the major neurotransmitter involved in almost every brain the of the specific role of in depression (e.g., there are promising leads that the receptor is involved in MDD and are diagnostic for MDD, suggesting regulation in depressed patients. In addition, some depressive symptoms may show psychomotor of of positive and negative and a subgroup of patients with MDD may have a disorder In healthy young subjects, changes in the of the had specific effects on subsequent mood In depressed patients, of can have antidepressant on these abnormalities have been hypothesized to be associated with MDD The association between of the and in cortisol in some subjects with and the effect of antidepressants on of and to the of this hypothesis Despite of the many promising the and genetic of this hypothesis are It remains to be antidepressant effects of such as directly to of on these abnormalities have been hypothesized to be associated with MDD The association between of the and in cortisol in some subjects with and the effect of antidepressants on of and to the of this hypothesis Despite of the many promising the and genetic of this hypothesis are It remains to be antidepressant effects of such as directly to of The and of the neurobiological of depression are in 1. The many theories of depression and the relatively low response rate of all antidepressant treatments a hypothesis of and suggest that depression is a clinically and heterogeneous disorder. This research on of the response to therapeutic interventions using such as neuroimaging and neuroendocrine tests in with for with to stress sensitivity and antidepressant The of of therapeutic will for the development of that has the potential to interventions and to up pathways in the of novel therapeutic approaches.
World Psychiatry · editorial or comment · 607 citationsread the source →
Bullying and Suicide: A Public Health Approach
Several recent studies have found an association between bullying and depression [[1]Wang J. Iannotti R.J. Luk J.W. Nansel T.R. Co-occurrence of victimization from five subtypes of bullying: Physical, verbal, social exclusion, spreading rumors, and cyber.J Pediatr Psychol. 2010; 35: 1103-1112Crossref PubMed Scopus (223) Google Scholar] or bullying and suicide-related behaviors [[2]Kim Y.S. Leventhal B. Suicide and bullying. A review. Int J Adolesc Med Health. 2008; 20: 133-154Crossref PubMed Scopus (324) Google Scholar], and one study found evidence consistent with a causal link, at least for girls [3Klomek A.B. Sourander A. Niemela S. et al. Childhood bullying behaviors as a risk for suicide attempts and completed suicides: A population-based birth cohort study.J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2009; 48: 254-261Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (324) Google Scholar, 4Klomek A.B. Sourander A. Gould A. The association of suicide and bullying in childhood to young adulthood: A review of cross-sectional and longitudinal research findings. Can J Psychiatry. 2010; 55: 282-288PubMed Google Scholar]. These studies, in conjunction with extensive media coverage of the deaths by suicide of several young people who were victims of bullying, led the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) to convene an expert panel focusing on the relationship between bullying involvement and suicide-related behaviors. The purpose of the panel, held in September 2010, was to synthesize the latest research about the relationship between youth involvement in bullying (youth who bully, youth who are bullied, and those who bully and are bullied) and suicide-related behaviors (attempts, fatalities, and risk factors associated with suicide, such as depression). Experts on the topics of bullying and suicide presented their research about the relationship between these two behaviors; their work is contained in this supplement. The panel and this special issue provide clarity around the complicated issues of bullying and suicide among youth. Three key themes emerged: (1) bullying among youth is a significant public health problem; it is prevalent and frequently has detrimental effects; (2) there is a strong association between bullying and suicide-related behaviors, but this relationship is often mediated by other factors, including depression and delinquency; and (3) there are public health strategies that can be applied to the prevention of bullying and suicide. Bullying is a significant public health problem because it is prevalent and harmful. Between 20% and 56% of young people are involved in bullying annually [5Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Youth risk behavior surveillance—United States, 2011. MMWR, Surveillance Summaries 2012;61(no. SS-4). Available at: www.cdc.gov/mmwr/pdf/ss/ss6104.pdf. Google Scholar, 6Borowsky I.W. Taliaferro L.A. McMorris B.J. Suicidal thinking and behavior among youth involved in verbal and social bullying: Risk and protective factors.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S4-S12Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (126) Google Scholar, 7Kowalski R.M. Limber S.P. Psychological, physical, and academic correlates of cyberbullying and traditional bullying.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S13-S20Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (768) Google Scholar]. Thus, in a classroom of 30 students, between 6 and 17 students are involved in bullying as a victim, perpetrator, or both (bully-victim). The specific rate of bullying victimization and perpetration varies according to age, type of bullying, time period over which bullying behaviors are assessed, and by subgroup. Younger (middle school-aged) children are more likely to be involved in bullying than high school-aged children [[8]Robers S. Zhang J. Truman J. Indicators of school crime and safety: 2011 (NCES 2012-002/NCJ 236021). National Center for Education Statistics, U.S. Department of Education, and Bureau of Justice Statistics, Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Department of Justice, Washington, DC2012Google Scholar]. Verbal bullying is generally more prevalent than physical or cyber-bullying and bullying is more likely to occur over a longer time period—“ever” or over the “past year” as opposed to “the past few months” [[9]David-Ferdon C. Hertz M.F. Electronic media and youth violence: A CDC issue brief for researchers. Centers for Disease Control, Atlanta, GA2009Google Scholar]. Specific subgroups are more likely to be victimized. For example, bullying victimization is more prevalent upon lesbian and gay youth—60% report victimization during the past 30 days prior to the survey compared with 28.8% of heterosexual youth [[10]Hatzenbuehler M.L. Keyes K.M. Inclusive anti-bullying policies and reduced risk of suicide attempts in lesbian and gay youth.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S21-S26Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (207) Google Scholar]. For young people involved in bullying in any capacity—youth who bully others, who are bullied, or who both bully and are bullied, this involvement is correlated with poor mental and physical health and engagement in other risk behaviors. Youth who are bullied are more likely to be depressed or anxious [[11]Fekkes M. Pijpers F. Fredriks A.M. et al. Do bullied children get ill, or do ill children get bullied? A prospective cohort study on the relationship between bullying and health-related symptoms. Pediatrics. 2006; 117: 1568-1574Crossref PubMed Scopus (426) Google Scholar], have lower academic achievement, report feeling like they do not belong at school [[12]Glew G.M. Fan M. Katon W. et al. Bullying, psychosocial adjustment, and academic performance in elementary school. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med. 2005; 159: 1026-1031Crossref PubMed Scopus (384) Google Scholar], have poorer social and emotional adjustment, greater difficulty making friends, poorer relationships with classmates, and greater loneliness [[13]Nansel T.R. Overpeck M. Pilla M. et al. Bullying behavior among U.S. youth: Prevalence and association with psychosocial adjustment.JAMA. 2001; 285: 2094-2100Crossref PubMed Scopus (2743) Google Scholar]. Bully-victims are more likely than those who bully, those who are bullied, or their uninvolved peers to report being physically hurt by a family member, to witness family violence, and exhibit suicide-related behaviors [[14]McKenna M. Hawk E. Mullen J. Hertz M. The association between bullying behavior and health risks among middle school and high school students in Massachusetts, 2009.Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Review. 2011; 60: 465-471PubMed Google Scholar]. Those who bully others are more likely to drink alcohol and use cigarettes, to have poorer academic achievement and poorer perceived school climate, but to also report greater ease of making friends [[13]Nansel T.R. Overpeck M. Pilla M. et al. Bullying behavior among U.S. youth: Prevalence and association with psychosocial adjustment.JAMA. 2001; 285: 2094-2100Crossref PubMed Scopus (2743) Google Scholar]. Involvement in bullying can also have long-lasting, detrimental effects months or even years after the bullying occurs. Young people who are bullied are more likely than uninvolved youth to develop depression and anxiety and report abdominal pain and feeling tense over the course of a school year [[11]Fekkes M. Pijpers F. Fredriks A.M. et al. Do bullied children get ill, or do ill children get bullied? A prospective cohort study on the relationship between bullying and health-related symptoms. Pediatrics. 2006; 117: 1568-1574Crossref PubMed Scopus (426) Google Scholar]. One study examining the impact of bullying victimization of those who were between 9, 11, and 13 years of age when they were victimized found, that over a 7-year period, youth who were bullied were more likely to develop generalized anxiety and panic disorder as adults while bully-victims were more likely to subsequently suffer from depression, panic disorder, and suicidality [[15]Copeland W.E. Wolke D. Angold A. Costello E.J. Adult psychiatric outcomes of bullying and being bullied by peers in childhood and adolescence.JAMA Psychiatry. 2013; 70: 419-426Crossref PubMed Scopus (746) Google Scholar]. Another longitudinal study found that those who were perpetrators of bullying at age 14 were more likely to receive a diagnosis of antisocial personality disorder, to have low job status at age 18 years, and to use drugs at ages 27–32 years [[16]Farrington D.P. Ttofi M.M. Bullying as a predictor of offending, violence and later life outcomes. Crim Behav Ment Health. 2011; 21: 90-98Crossref PubMed Scopus (169) Google Scholar]. The articles in this special issue generally show a strong association between involvement in bullying behaviors and suicide-related behaviors. In Espelage and Holt's work with middle school students, suicidal ideation and attempts were significantly more prevalent among victims, bully-victims and perpetrators, with rates of ideation and attempts among those involved as a victim, perpetrator, or bully-victims three to five times higher than the rate of uninvolved youth [[17]Espelage D.L. Holt M.K. Suicidal ideation and school bullying experiences after controlling for depression and delinquency.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S27-S31Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (146) Google Scholar]. Likewise, in Borowsky's study of 6th, 9th, and 12th graders, 1.2% of uninvolved youth made a suicide attempt, compared with 5% for those who frequently bullied others verbally or socially; 6.5% for those who were frequent victims of verbal/social bullying; and 11.1% for those who were frequent bully-victims of verbal/social bullying [[6]Borowsky I.W. Taliaferro L.A. McMorris B.J. Suicidal thinking and behavior among youth involved in verbal and social bullying: Risk and protective factors.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S4-S12Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (126) Google Scholar]. In Kowalski and Limber's paper, depression, anxiety, self-esteem, self-reported health problems, absences from school, leaving school because of illness, and grades were, with only one exception, significantly related to students' involvement in cyber-bullying others, being cyber-bullied, bullying others through traditional means, and being bullied through traditional means [[7]Kowalski R.M. Limber S.P. Psychological, physical, and academic correlates of cyberbullying and traditional bullying.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S13-S20Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (768) Google Scholar]. Those who witness bullying but are not directly involved are also at increased risk. Rivers and Noret [[18]Rivers I. Noret N. Potential suicide ideation and its association with observing bullying at school.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S32-S36Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (51) Google Scholar] report that students who observed bullying behavior were significantly more likely than those uninvolved in bullying to report symptoms of interpersonal sensitivity (feelings of being hurt and feelings of inferiority) and greater helplessness. However, the papers in this issue also convey the complexity of the relationship between bullying and suicide-related behaviors. In Espelage and Holt's work [[17]Espelage D.L. Holt M.K. Suicidal ideation and school bullying experiences after controlling for depression and delinquency.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S27-S31Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (146) Google Scholar], after controlling for delinquency and depression there was no increased risk of suicide-related behaviors for perpetrators; the increased risk did remain for victims. Klomek's [[19]Klomek A.B. Kleinman M. Altschuler E. et al. Suicidal adolescents' experiences with bullying perpetration and victimization during high school as risk factors for later depression and suicidality.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S37-S42Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (84) Google Scholar] comparison of young people with bullying involvement and psychiatric symptoms (depression, suicidality, or substance use) at an initial screen to those with psychiatric symptoms but no bullying involvement found, at 2-year follow-up, that only perpetrators of bullying were significantly more likely to be functionally impaired than bullying-uninvolved students. In King's study of hospitalized suicidal youth, those who reported perpetrating bullying were more likely than uninvolved youth to have severe suicidal thoughts and psychosocial impairment, and to abuse substances. However, at 12-month follow-up, only the difference in psychosocial impairment remained. Interestingly, over the course of 1-year treatment for the suicidality, the rate of bullying perpetration declined [[20]King C.A. Horwitz A. Berona J. Jiang Q. Acutely suicidal adolescents who engage in bullying behavior: 1-year trajectories.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S43-S50Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (16) Google Scholar]. In Karch's analysis of suicide fatalities among youth, bullying involvement was one of a myriad of factors precipitating a death by suicide. A quarter of young suicide victims had school problems, but only 12.4% of these school problems were attributed to bullying [[21]Karch D.L. Logan J. McDaniel D.D. et al. Precipitating circumstances of suicide among youth aged 10–17 years by sex: Data from the National Violent Death Reporting System, 16 States, 2005–2008.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S51-S53Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (59) Google Scholar]. Other salient circumstances included depressed mood and/or other current mental health problems (37%); intimate partner problems (25%); history of suicide attempts (18%); and substance abuse problems (16%). Suicide attempts and substance use were risk factors that co-occurred with suicide ideation in Borowsky et al. as well [[6]Borowsky I.W. Taliaferro L.A. McMorris B.J. Suicidal thinking and behavior among youth involved in verbal and social bullying: Risk and protective factors.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S4-S12Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (126) Google Scholar]. Across all groups (victims, perpetrators, and bully-victims) a history of self-harm within the prior year and greater emotional distress (feelings of sadness, hopelessness, worry, stress, or pressure) drastically increased risk for suicide. For victims and bully-victims, a history of sexual abuse, a mental health problem, or running away from home in the past year increased the likelihood of suicidal thinking or behavior [[6]Borowsky I.W. Taliaferro L.A. McMorris B.J. Suicidal thinking and behavior among youth involved in verbal and social bullying: Risk and protective factors.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S4-S12Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (126) Google Scholar]. More than half of the youth who were bully-victims and who expressed suicidal ideation or reported making an attempt also witnessed family violence, had a history of physical abuse, smoked cigarettes, used marijuana, skipped school because of safety concerns, or carried a weapon at school. Youth who were involved in bullying and reported suicide-related thoughts or behaviors also had higher mean scores for distractibility/impulsivity and lower mean scores for parent connectedness, connectedness to other adults, perceived caring by teachers, perceived caring by friends, liking school, academic achievement, physical activity, perceived school safety, and perceived neighborhood safety [[6]Borowsky I.W. Taliaferro L.A. McMorris B.J. Suicidal thinking and behavior among youth involved in verbal and social bullying: Risk and protective factors.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S4-S12Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (126) Google Scholar]. Across all three bullying-involved groups, parent connectedness (feeling like you can talk to mom/dad about problems; that mom/dad care about you) was protective for suicidal ideation and attempts. Other protective factors for victims included stronger connections to nonparental adults, stronger perceived caring by friends, and liking school. For bully-victims, greater perceived caring by friends was also protective [[6]Borowsky I.W. Taliaferro L.A. McMorris B.J. Suicidal thinking and behavior among youth involved in verbal and social bullying: Risk and protective factors.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S4-S12Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (126) Google Scholar]. That there is a relationship between bullying and depression and that this relationship may help to explain the relationship between bullying and suicide is fairly consistent across papers. However, the direction of this relationship is unclear. Do youth who are bullied become depressed or are depressed youth more likely to be bullied? A study from the Netherlands suggests the answer may be “both.” Researchers found that victims of bullying had significantly higher chances of developing new psychosomatic and psychosocial problems over the course of a school year compared with children who were not bullied. However, children with preexisting depressive symptoms or anxiety were also significantly more likely to be newly victimized over the course of the school year [[11]Fekkes M. Pijpers F. Fredriks A.M. et al. Do bullied children get ill, or do ill children get bullied? A prospective cohort study on the relationship between bullying and health-related symptoms. Pediatrics. 2006; 117: 1568-1574Crossref PubMed Scopus (426) Google Scholar]. Despite the complexity of the relationship between bullying and suicide, there is no doubt that bullying involvement can have detrimental effects and prevention of bullying could improve health and mental health outcomes for many youth. The findings in these articles underscore the complexity of the relationship between bullying and suicide. A critical difference distinguishes an association between bullying and suicide from a causal relationship, with significant implications for prevention. Conveying that bullying alone causes suicide at best minimizes, and at worst ignores, the other factors that may contribute to death by suicide. This neglect may result in too narrow a focus of preventive action. We echo the call made by others for an integrated approach to preventing suicide and youth violence by focusing on shared risk and protective factors including individual coping skills, family and school social support, and supportive school environments [[22]Lubell K.M. Vetter J.B. Suicide and youth violence prevention: The promise of an integrated approach. Aggression and Violent Behavior. 2006; 11: 167-175Crossref Scopus (71) Google Scholar]. Strengthening social connectedness and ensuring access to supportive adults may pay dividends in impacting both bullying and suicide behaviors. Supportive home and school environments where young people feel connected are just one overlapping protective factor. Borowksy's findings regarding connection to parents, other adults, school, and friends reflect the need for multiple strategies that focus on both the school and home environments and that move beyond the individual skill-building level to foster supportive environments [[6]Borowsky I.W. Taliaferro L.A. McMorris B.J. Suicidal thinking and behavior among youth involved in verbal and social bullying: Risk and protective factors.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S4-S12Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (126) Google Scholar]. The case for a supportive environment on bullying and suicide prevention is supported by Hatzenbuehler's work. In the paper contained in this special issue, he reports findings that lesbian and gay youths living in counties with fewer school districts with antibullying policies that specifically mentioned sexual orientation as a protected group were nearly two times more likely to have attempted suicide in the past year compared with those living in counties where more districts had these policies [[10]Hatzenbuehler M.L. Keyes K.M. Inclusive anti-bullying policies and reduced risk of suicide attempts in lesbian and gay youth.J Adolesc Health. 2013; 53: S21-S26Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (207) Google Scholar]. Williams and Guerra reported that youth who describe their school climate as being trusting, fair, and pleasant have lower involvement in verbal, physical, and Internet bullying perpetration [[23]Williams K.R. Guerra N.G. Prevalence and predictors of internet bullying.J Adolesc Health. 2007; 41: S14-S21Abstract Full Text Full Text PDF PubMed Scopus (669) Google Scholar]. As reflected in CDC's strategic direction on suicide [[24]Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Connectedness as a strategic direction for the prevention of suicidal behavior. Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/suicide_strategic_direction-one-pager-a.pdf. Google Scholar], approaches intended to build connections between youth and school and home environments, as well as communities, are essential to suicide prevention. Sources of Strength is a school-based suicide-prevention program that trains youth opinion leaders to change the norms and behaviors of their peers by conducting well-defined messaging activities with adult mentoring, as well as increasing perceptions of adult support for suicidal youths and the acceptability of seeking help M. et of the Sources of Strength suicide prevention program by leaders in high J Health. 2010; PubMed Scopus Google Scholar]. work also the of connections to support prevention. As an example, the youth suicide prevention found that who reported a stronger connection to youth in their program were as likely to suicidal youth. the research also that the bullying prevention are A of school bullying strategies that school approaches that included multiple and at of school more often reduced victimization and bullying than the that only included or social groups A review of school-based to Pediatr Adolesc Med. 2007; PubMed Scopus Google Scholar]. there is about the prevention of bullying and suicide, there is also do not studies over the past two have the of bullying prevention However, studies have in the States, these have not A review of school-based to Pediatr Adolesc Med. 2007; PubMed Scopus Google Scholar]. is evidence that youth violence prevention that for such as and also rates of bullying The impact of and on bullying and A Pediatr Adolesc Med. PubMed Scopus Google Scholar]. More work is to strategies that bullying from among youth in the In that depression is a significant risk for bullying and suicide as well as a of other behaviors. We need to to mental among young people and their and to do in and However, the and impact of bullying, it is to move while these strategies are being We can by and strategies that have at increasing protective factors and risk factors associated with both bullying and suicide. is not that bullying in is it that bullying occur in the in and health their focus beyond just to those who are involved in bullying or suicide-related behaviors, but also in strategies to bullying and suicidal behavior from in the
Journal of Adolescent Health · editorial or comment · 170 citationsread the source →
Abraham Verghese (2008)MEDLINE-indexed journal, not yet read by usIndian Journal of Psychiatry · editorial or comment Spirituality and mental health
INTRODUCTION All along, the majority position of Psychiatry has been that Psychiatry has nothing to do with religion and spirituality. Religious beliefs and practices have long been thought to have a pathological basis, and psychiatrists over a century have understood them in this light. Religion was considered as a symptom of mental illness. Jean Charcot and Sigmund Freud linked religion with neurosis. DSM3 portrayed religion negatively by suggesting that religious and spiritual experiences are examples of psychopathology. But recent research reports strongly suggest that to many patients, religion and spirituality are resources that help them to cope with the stresses in life, including those of their illness. Many psychiatrists now believe that religion and spirituality are important in the life of their patients. The importance of spirituality in mental health is now widely accepted. As John Turbott[1] puts it, rapprochement between religion and psychiatry is essential for psychiatric practice to be effective. The Royal College of Psychiatrists, London, has a special group on Psychiatry and Spirituality. The American College of Graduate Medical Education mandates in its special requirements for residency training in Psychiatry, that all programs must provide training in religious and spiritual factors that can influence mental health. The World Psychiatric Association recently established a section on psychiatry and religion. Lukoff et al.[2] proposed that the diagnostic entities of religious and psychospiritual problems should be incorporated in DSM4 which has been accepted. DSM4, V 62.89 includes three categories—normal religious and spiritual experiences; religious and spiritual problems leading to mental disturbances; and mental disturbances with a religious and spiritual context. I understand that the Indian Psychiatric Society has formed a task force on spirituality and mental health which is urging the Medical council of India to include taking the spiritual history as part of psychiatric evaluation. Even so the importance of religion and spirituality are not sufficiently recognized by the psychiatric community. Religion does not have a place in most of the psychiatry text books. Only very few psychiatrists make use of religion and spirituality in the therapeutic situation. This paper makes an attempt to bring out the importance of spirituality in mental health. WHAT IS SPIRITUALITY? Spirituality is a globally acknowledged concept. It involves belief and obedience to an all powerful force usually called God, who controls the universe and the destiny of man. It involves the ways in which people fulfill what they hold to be the purpose of their lives, a search for the meaning of life and a sense of connectedness to the universe. The universality of spirituality extends across creed and culture. At the same time, spirituality is very much personal and unique to each person. It is a sacred realm of human experience. Spirituality produces in man qualities such as love, honesty, patience, tolerance, compassion, a sense of detachment, faith, and hope. Of late, there are some reports which suggest that some areas of the brain, mainly the nondominant one, are involved in the appreciation and fulfillment of spiritual values and experiences.[3–5] SPIRITUALITY AND RELIGION Religion is institutionized spirituality. Thus, there are several religions having different sets of beliefs, traditions, and doctrines. They have different types of community-based worship programs. Spirituality is the common factor in all these religions. It is possible that religions can lose their spirituality when they become institutions of oppression instead of agents of goodwill, peace and harmony. They can become divisive instead of unifying. History will tell us that this had happened from time to time. It has been said that more blood has been shed in the cause of religion than any other cause. The medieval holy wars of Europe; the religion-based terrorism and conflicts of modern times are examples. We must remember that the institutions of religion are supposed to help us to practice spirituality in our lives. They need periodical revivals to put spirituality in place. SPIRITUAL DIMENSION IS IMPORTANT IN MENTAL HEALTH Mental health has two dimensions—absence of mental illness and presence of a well-adjusted personality that contributes effectively to the life of the community. Ability to take responsibility for one's own actions, flexibility, high frustration tolerance, acceptance of uncertainty, involvement in activities of social interest, courage to take risks, serenity to accept the things which we cannot change, courage to change the things which we can change, the wisdom to know the difference between the above, acceptance of handicaps, tempered self-control, harmonious relationships to self, others, including Nature and God, are the essential features of mental health. Spirituality is an important aspect of mental health. St. Augustine prayed “O God, thou created us in thy image and our hearts will be restless until they find their rest in Thee.” Though Sigmund Freud looked upon religion as an illusion and neurosis, Carl Jung considered the psyche as a carrier of truth, powerfully rooted in the unconscious mind. Religion is important, directly and indirectly, in the etiology, diagnosis, symptomatology, treatment and prognosis of psychiatric disturbances. Lack of spirituality can interfere with interpersonal relationships, which can contribute to the genesis of psychiatric disturbance. Psychiatric symptoms can have a religious content. For example, the loss of interest in religious activities is a common symptom of depression. Too much and distorted religious practices are common in schizophrenia. It is well recognized that some religious states and experiences are misdiagnosed as symptoms of psychiatric illness. Visions and possession states are examples. The spiritual background of the patient will help in the diagnosis of psychiatric disturbance. They are important in the treatment of psychiatric disturbance because spiritual matters can be profitably incorporated in psychotherapy. Spirituality is important in the prognosis of psychiatric conditions. In the spiritual perspective, a differentiation must be made between cure and healing. Cure is the removal of symptoms. Healing is the healing of the whole person. Adversity often produces maturity. Hence in psychotherapy, the patient must be helped to accept the handicap and transform the handicap to a life of usefulness. SOME SIGNIFICANT CLINICAL AND RESEARCH FINDINGS Recent studies show that religious beliefs and practices are supportive to cope with stresses in life and are beneficial to mental health. Thomas Ashby Wills,[6] Professor of Epidemiology and population health at Albert Einstein College of Medicine developed a scale that determines how important is religion to people. This was administered to 1182 children in New York. It was found that religiosity kept children from smoking, drinking and drug abuse by buffering the impact of life stresses. Gene H. Brody,[7] a research professor of child and family development at the University of Georgia, Athens, found that parents who were more involved in church activities were more likely to have harmonious marital relationships and better parenting skills. That in turn enhanced children's competence, self-regulation, psychosocial adjustment and school performance. Miller et al.[8] made a 10-year follow up study on depressed mothers and their offsprings and reported that maternal religiosity and mother-child concordance in religiosity were protective against depression in the offspring. They also reported that low level of religiosity was associated with substance abuse in the offsprings.[9] J. Scott Tonigan,[10] a research professor of psychiatry at the University of New Mexico, followed up 226 patients of alcohol dependence and reported that spirituality predicts behavior such as honesty and responsibility which in turn promoted alcohol abstinence. Wagner and King[11] conducted a study involving three groups—one group of patients who had psychotic illness, one group of formal care givers, and a third group of informal caregivers. The existential needs were the most important for the patient group, while the other groups considered material needs such as housing and work as more important. Neeleman and King[12] surveyed the psychiatric practices of 231 psychiatrists in London. 73% had no religious affiliation, 28% had belief in God, 61% believed that religion can protect against mental illness, and 48% asked patients about their religious practices. Baetz et al.[13] surveyed 1204 psychiatrists and 157 psychiatric patients in Canada. 54% of psychiatrists believed in God, 47% asked patients regarding their religious beliefs, and 55% consulted clergy for the management of patients. Among the patients, 71% believed in God, and 24% preferred psychiatrists who were religious. In an Australian survey, a large majority of patients with psychiatric illness wanted their therapists to be aware of their spiritual beliefs and needs and believed that their spiritual practices helped them to cope better.[14] Mathai and North[15] constructed a questionnaire, consisting of 5 questions and gave it to 70 parents of children attending child and adolescent mental health clinic. They reported that majority of the parents believed that spiritual concerns were important and that therapists should consider their spiritual beliefs in the management of the problems of the children. In USA, Curlin et al.[16] conducted a study of psychiatrists and compared them with physicians from other specialities in their religious affiliations and found that psychiatrists showed less religious affiliations. Several empirical studies on psychiatrists' religious characteristics have indicated that psychiatrists are significantly less religious than the general population, their patients and other physicians.[17],[18] In a 12-year follow up of all articles appearing in American Journal of Psychiatry and Archives of General Psychiatry, 72% of the religious commitment variables were beneficial to mental health; participation in religious services, social support, prayer and relationship with God were beneficial in 92% of citations.[19] Similar findings were reported in a review of the Journal of Family Practice.[20] In a British epidemiological study, church going and active religion were found to be protective to vulnerability for depression by Brown and Prudo.[21] In a detailed study on suicide in Netherlands, Kerkoff [quoted by Sims[22]] reported that there was a decline in suicidal rate, which was concurrent with a religious revival. A study on the factors in the course and outcome of schizophrenia was conducted in the Department of psychiatry, Christian Medical College, Vellore.. It was a collaborative study among three centers—Vellore, Madras and Lucknow. A two-year and five-year follow up showed that those patients who spent more time in religious activities tended to have a better prognosis.[23],[24] The above reports strongly suggest that religious beliefs and practices of psychiatric patients should be given importance. The sense of hope and spiritual support that patients get by discussing religious matters help them to cope better. They also suggest that the importance of religion and spirituality is not sufficiently recognized by the psychiatric community. Mental health workers must take it seriously since psychiatry cannot afford to ignore the importance of spirituality and religion in psychiatry. Sims[22] gives two case histories which drives home this fact. One is the case of Jim who suffered from Korsakov's psychosis. He was so deteriorated that he mistook his wife for a hat. In the ward, others considered him as desolate individual. But his behavior in the chapel was normal. In absolute concentration and attention, he would partake Holy Communion. He did not forget anything nor did he show any signs of Korsakov's psychosis. The other patient had chronic schizophrenia. He used to hear a voice commanding him to jump out of the window. His simple devout mother had taught him to resist the voice by praying to God. His mind was destroyed, but the capacity for spiritual life was present. Unfortunately, on the final occasion, he was too late to pray and he lost his life. Sims makes a comment, “It is unfortunate that we as psychiatrists can be so crass as to neglect this area of life which is clearly important to many of our patients.” Andresen,[25] in an editorial, has pointed out that our civilization's “loss of soul” may cause psychiatric symptoms such as depression, obsessions, addictions, and violence. She has suggested that it is the responsibility of psychiatrists to remind the medical fraternity the necessity of putting back the soul in medical ethics and the fact that spirituality is of vital importance for the mental health of people. WHAT CAN WE DO? As pointed out earlier, spiritual values and religious practices are important in the lives of our patients. Many of their problems may centre round existential preoccupations. It is therefore important that we incorporate spirituality and religious practices in our treatment protocol. We must propagate the Bio-psycho-socio-spiritual model in our approach in psychiatry. Harold Koening,[26] in his paper Religion and Mental health: what should psychiatrists do?, has made some suggestions in this area. Psychiatric history should be catered to the patients' spiritual orientation and religious practices. When we take psychiatric history, we usually ask for the denomination the patient belongs. We do not try to find out how the patient experiences religion. What does religion and spirituality mean to the patient. The psychiatric history should gather information about patient's religious background and experiences in the past and what role religion plays in coping with life stresses. Has patient had any past negative religious experiences? Has he got spiritual and social support from the congregation which he attends? How active is he in the religious congregation? Some religious beliefs can be in conflict with the proposed treatment. Some religious groups are against any type of treatment. Some religious conflicts and frustrations may be contributing to the present psychiatric problem. Sexual abuse by religious workers, traumatic events which turned the patient away from religious beliefs and activities, unanswered prayers, etc. are examples. There are some questionnaires that can be used to take a history of spirituality and religious experiences.[152728] Discussion with the patient on spiritual matters and religious experiences will strengthen the therapeutic relationship. It can also lead to reversal effect of a personal growth of the therapist. We should respect and support patients' religious beliefs if these help them to cope better or do not adversely affect their mental health. For example, if a patient says that his discipline of fasting and prayer helps him to cope better, then this has to be encouraged. We should also challenge the beliefs that can adversely affect mental health. This has to be done very tactfully. It is better to be neutral till we understand the patients and the issues involved well and a good therapeutic relationship is formed. Patients may wish to discuss with the therapist regarding their subjective experiences and existential needs. We should spend time in listening to them. Partnership with the religious workers is an useful area. Leavy and King[29] in their paper, The devil in the detail: partnership between psychiatry and faith based organizations, brings out the importance of such a partnership. They have reported that in UK, the clergy continue to have a central role in several communities and the utility of their involvement in the care of people with mental health problems is increasing. They have argued the importance of examining the form and parameters of partnership between the mental health team and the faith-based communities. For this partnership to be effective, the mental health workers must be spiritually oriented and the religious workers must be better informed about mental health and illness. As referred to earlier, some religious experiences are often misdiagnosed as symptoms of mental illness and vice versa, some psychiatric symptoms are explained as spiritual experiences. According to Sims,[22] phenomena such as faith, prayer and magic can lend themselves to description and definition using Jasperian phenomenology which can lead to a clear differentiation of normal and pathological religious experiences. This emphasizes the importance of psycho-pastoral partnership. One example of such a partnership is the Bangalore psycho-pastoral association, which runs a very efficient half-way home for psychiatric patients. Recognizing the importance of this, the World Council of Churches has formed an Advisory group on mental health and faith communities, which has been active in the exploration of strategies for an effective partnership between mental health services and faith communities. There can be problems in such a partnership. The religious workers may be reluctant to get involved in secular programs, leaving their spiritual fortress. Some of them can have incorrect ideas about the causes of mental illness, which can interfere with the treatment program. Some others can be against medical treatment. Mental health workers can also be prejudiced against the patients' religious beliefs and practices. As referred to earlier, research findings suggest that majority of psychiatrists do not give importance to the spiritual and religious experiences of patients. According to Neelman and Persaud,[30] this may be due to the following factors. Psychiatrists are by and large less religious than other physicians; psychiatrists often come to know of spirituality through the pathological religious symptoms of patients, which make them prejudiced against spirituality; psychiatrists tend to have a biological approach to mental illness, which ignores spiritual dimension; and psychiatrists may think that religion and spirituality cause dependence and guilt feelings. All these can be minimized with dialogue and periodical orientation programs. As John Turbott[31] puts it, psychiatry as a whole can only benefit if the concepts and vocabulary of religion and spirituality are more widely known and discussed among its practitioners. It is also true that conflicts and problems arise more with religious experiences and not with spirituality Praying with the patient is a controversial area. Many psychiatrists will argue that it is a dangerous ground upon which to tread. If at all it is done, it should be done only after a strong therapeutic relationship is established and only if the patient asks for it. Praying for the patient can be beneficial. Research. Although there is substantial body of literature that describes the connection between mental health and spirituality, we must develop theoretical models to understand their relationship in practice. The statistical findings reported earlier were mainly the results of surveys. High-quality evidence-based research is required to make the clinical applications more objective and effective. There are ample opportunities to do research in this area. Phenomena such as meditation, religious faith, and concepts are all What are their to normal life and psychiatric What are the which influence spiritual experiences? If spirituality is to mental health and if religious beliefs and experiences are important in the life of the psychiatric it is only that we should include religious concepts in psychotherapy. For example, some and can be profitably used to help the patient to cope with life situation. The spiritual concepts are incorporated in the treatment of out of the to spirituality. describes a which is called This is a treatment spiritual values to behavior which was developed and promoted at the University of areas are meaning and purpose and The patient is through to meaning and This with examining the of life such as and the patient to the patient is to the of of and in life. The the patient's that and and The involves a on after examining and one's in life. meaning is by meaning for each This is by and factors life and illness The are of and The use of meditation, and with of beliefs and on symptoms form the of the treatment. When the patient negative is the treatment about each about The are depression and adolescent show that produces
Indian Journal of Psychiatry · editorial or comment · 106 citationsread the source →